| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK ENGINE START FAILURE. Ask the customer when and how the trouble occurred using the interview check list. Refer to CHECK , Check List for Interview. Start the engine. | Is Does the engine start? | Go to step 2. | Inspection using "Diagnostics for Engine Start Failure". Refer to DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE . |
| 2 CHECK ILLUMINATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT. | Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate? | Go to step 3. | Inspection using "General Diagnostic Table". Refer to INSPECTION , General Diagnostic Table. |
| 3 CHECK COMMUNICATION STATUS. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to the data link connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON, and run the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed procedures, see "Subaru Select Monitor". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Does Subaru select monitor or general scan tool communicate with vehicle normally? | Go to step 4. | Inspection using "Diagnostics Procedure for Subaru Select Monitor Communication". Refer to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR SUBARU SELECT MONITOR COMMUNICATION . |
| 4 CHECK DTC. Read DTC using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor See "Read Diagnostic Trouble Code" for detailed operation procedure. Refer to READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is DTC displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool? | Record the DTC. Repair the trouble cause. Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . Go to step 5. | Repair the related parts. NOTE: If DTC is not shown on display although the malfunction indicator light illuminates, perform the diagnosis of malfunction indicator light circuit or combination meter. Refer to MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT . |
| 5 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to CLEAR MEMORY MODE . Perform the Inspection Mode. Refer to INSPECTION MODE . | Is DTC displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool? | Inspect using "Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Finish the diagnosis. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed procedures, see "Subaru Select Monitor". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor See "Read Diagnostic Trouble Code" for detailed operation procedure. Refer to READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| If DTC is not shown on display although the malfunction indicator light illuminates, perform the diagnosis of malfunction indicator light circuit or combination meter. Refer to MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
CHECK LIST NO. 1
Check the following item when problem has occurred.
Note. Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
Scheme 112
Scheme 112: CHECK LIST NO. 1
CHECK LIST NO. 2
Check the following item about the vehicle's state when malfunction indicator light turns on.
Note. Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
Scheme 113
Scheme 113: CHECK LIST NO. 2
Scheme 114
Scheme 115
- Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the ECM, main relay and fuel pump relay. CAUTION: Do not use electrical test equipment on the airbag system circuits. Be careful not to damage the airbag system wiring harness when servicing the ECM, TCM, main relay and fuel pump relay.
- Never connect the battery in reverse polarity. Doing so will damage the ECM instantly, and other parts will also be damaged.
- Do not disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running. A large counter electromotive force will be generated in the generator, and this voltage may damage electronic parts such as ECM etc.
- Before disconnecting the connectors of each sensor and ECM, be sure to turn the ignition switch to OFF. Perform the Clear Memory Mode after connecting the connectors. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) .
- When measuring the voltage or resistance of individual sensor or all electrical control modules, use a tapered pin with a diameter of less than 0.6 mm (0.024 in). Do not insert the pin 4 mm (0.16 in) or more into the part. CAUTION: When replacing the ECM, be careful not to use the wrong spec. ECM to avoid any damage on the fuel injection system. NOTE: When replacing the ECM of the models with Immobilizer, immobilizer system must be registered. To do so, all ignition keys and ID cards need to be prepared. Refer to the "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
- Take care not to allow water to get into the connectors when servicing or washing the vehicle in rainy weather. Avoid exposure to water even if the connectors are waterproof.
- Use ECM mounting stud bolts at the body side grounding point when measuring voltage and resistance inside the passenger compartment.
- Use the engine ground terminal or engine assembly for the grounding point to chassis when measuring the voltage and resistance in engine compartment.
- Every engine control system-related part is a precision part. Do not drop them.
- Observe the following cautions when installing a radio in vehicle. CAUTION: The antenna must be kept as far apart as possible from control module. (ECM is installed under the passenger's side floor mat.) The antenna feeder must be placed as far apart as possible from the ECM and engine control system harness. Carefully adjust the antenna for correct matching. When mounting a large power type radio, pay special attention to the three items mentioned above. Incorrect installation of the radio may affect the operation of ECM.
- When disconnecting the fuel hose, release the fuel pressure. Refer to «RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-injection-system-h4so-except-sti__releasing-of-fuel-pressure) , PROCEDURE, Fuel.
- Warning lights may illuminate when performing driving test with jacked-up or lifted-up condition, but this is not a system malfunction. The reason for this is the speed difference between the front and rear wheels. After diagnosis of engine control system, perform the ABS memory clear procedure of self-diagnosis function.
INSPECTION
Before performing diagnostics, check the following item which might affect engine problems.
BATTERY
- Measure the battery voltage and specific gravity of the electrolyte. Standard voltage: 12 V Specific gravity: 1.260 or more
- Check the condition of the main and other fuses, and harnesses and connectors. Also check for proper grounding.
ENGINE GROUND
Check if the engine ground terminal is properly connected to engine.
NOTE
- The on-board diagnostic (OBD) system detects and indicates a fault in various inputs and outputs of the complex electronic control. Malfunction indicator light in the combination meter indicates occurrence of a fault or trouble.
- Further, against such a failure of sensors as may disable the drive, the fail-safe function is provided to ensure the minimal driveability.
- The OBD system incorporated with the vehicles within this type of engine complies with OBD-II regulations. The OBD system monitors the components and the system malfunction listed in appropriate Engine article which affects on emissions.
- When the system decides that a malfunction occurs, malfunction indicator light illuminates. At the same time of the malfunction indicator light illumination or blinking, a DTC and a freeze frame engine conditions are stored into on-board computer.
- The OBD system stores freeze frame engine condition data (engine load, engine coolant temperature, fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle speed, etc.) into on-board computer when it detects a malfunction.
- Freeze frame engine condition data are stored until the DTCs are cleared. However when such malfunctions as fuel trim fault and misfire are detected with the freeze frame engine condition data stored, they are rewritten into those related to the fuel trim fault and misfire.
- When the malfunction does not occur again for three consecutive driving cycles, malfunction indicator light is turned off, but DTC remains at on-board computer.
- When performing diagnosis, connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to the vehicle.
PREPARATION TOOL
PREPARATION TOOL REFERENCE ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 1B022XU0 SUBARU SELECT MONITOR III KIT Used for troubleshooting the electrical system. 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET Used for rotating crankshaft
Scheme 116
Scheme 116: PREPARATION TOOL
Scheme 117
Scheme 118
Scheme 118: CONTROL MODULE
Scheme 119
Scheme 120
Scheme 121
Scheme 122
Scheme 123
Scheme 124
Scheme 125
Scheme 125: SOLENOID VALVE, ACTUATOR, EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PARTS AND IGNITION SYSTEM PARTS
Scheme 126
Scheme 127
Scheme 128
Scheme 129
Scheme 130
Scheme 131
Scheme 131: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
| Contents | Connector No. | Terminal No. | Signal (V) | Note |
| Ignition SW ON (engine OFF) | Engine ON (idling) |
| Crankshaft position sensor | Signal (+) | B134 | 13 | 0 | 7 - +7 | Waveform |
| Signal (-) | B134 | 14 | 0 | 0 | |
| Shield | B134 | 24 | 0 | 0 | |
| Camshaft position sensor | Signal (+) | B134 | 12 | 0 | 7 - +7 | Waveform |
| Signal (-) | B134 | 22 | 0 | 0 | |
| Shield | B134 | 24 | 0 | 0 | |
| Electronic throttle control | Main | B134 | 18 | 0.64 - 0.72 Fully opened: 3.96 | 0.64 - 0.72 (After engine is warmed up.) | Fully closed: 0.6 Fully opened: 3.96 |
| Sub | B134 | 28 | 1.51 - 1.58 Fully opened: 4.17 | 1.51 - 1.58 (After engine is warmed up.) | Fully closed: 1.48 Fully opened: 4.17 |
| Power supply | B134 | 19 | 5 | 5 | |
| Ground (sensor) | B134 | 29 | 0 | 0 | |
| Electronic throttle control motor (+) | B137 | 5 | Duty waveform | Duty waveform | Drive frequency: 500 Hz |
| Electronic throttle control motor (-) | B137 | 4 | Duty waveform | Duty waveform | Drive frequency: 500 Hz |
| Electronic throttle control motor power supply | B136 | 1 | 10 - 13 | 12 - 14 | |
| Electronic throttle control motor relay | B136 | 21 | ON: 0 OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 0 OFF: 12 - 14 | When ignition switch is turned to ON: ON |
| Accelerator pedal position sensor | Main sensor signal | B135 | 23 | Fully closed: 1.0 Fully opened: 3.5 | Fully closed: 1.0 Fully opened: 3.5 | |
| Main power supply | B135 | 21 | 5 | 5 | |
| Ground (Main sensor) | B135 | 29 | 0 | 0 | |
| Sub sensor signal | B135 | 31 | Fully closed: 1.0 Fully opened: 3.5 | Fully closed: 1.0 Fully opened: 3.5 | |
| Sub power supply | B135 | 22 | 5 | 5 | |
| Ground (Sub sensor) | B135 | 30 | 0 | 0 | |
| Rear oxygen sensor | Signal | B135 | 4 | 0 | 0 - 0.9 | |
| Shield | B135 | 1 | 0 | 0 | |
| Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater | Signal 1 | B136 | 3 | 10 - 13 | 1 - 14 | Duty waveform |
| Signal 2 | B136 | 2 | 10 - 13 | 1 - 14 | Duty waveform |
| Rear oxygen sensor heater signal | B136 | 4 | 10 - 13 | 1 - 14 | Duty waveform |
| Engine coolant temperature sensor | B134 | 34 | 1.0 - 1.4 | 1.0 - 1.4 | After engine is warmed up. |
| Starter switch | B136 | 32 | 0 | 0 | AT model: Cranking: 8 - 14 MT model: Cranking with the clutch pedal pressed: 8 - 14 |
| Starter relay control | B136 | 20 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 - 14 | |
| A/C switch | B136 | 24 | ON: 10 - 13 OFF: 0 | ON: 12 - 14 OFF: 0 | |
| Ignition switch | B135 | 19 | 10 - 13 | 12 - 14 | |
| Neutral position switch | AT | B136 | 31 | ON: 0 OFF: 12±0.5 | AT model: Switch is ON when select lever is shifted into "P" range or "N" range. |
| MT | ON:0 OFF: 12±0.5 | MT model: Switch is ON when the shift lever is in neutral. |
| Delivery (test) mode connector | B135 | 27 | 10 - 13 | 13 - 14 | When connected: 0 |
| Knock sensor | Signal | B134 | 15 | 2.5 | 2.5 | |
| Shield | B134 | 25 | 0 | 0 | |
| Back-up power supply | B135 | 5 | 10 - 13 | 12 - 14 | Ignition switch "OFF": 10 - 13 |
| Control module power supply | B134 | 7 | 10 - 13 | 12 - 14 | |
| B135 | 2 | 10 - 13 | 12 - 14 | |
| Ignition control | #1, #2 | B137 | 18 | 0 | 1 - 3.4 | Waveform |
| #3, #4 | B137 | 19 | 0 | 1 - 3.4 | Waveform |
| Fuel injector | #1 | B137 | 8 | 10 - 13 | 1 - 14 | Waveform |
| #2 | B137 | 9 | 10 - 13 | 1 - 14 | Waveform |
| #3 | B137 | 10 | 10 - 13 | 1 - 14 | Waveform |
| #4 | B137 | 11 | 10 - 13 | 1 - 14 | Waveform |
| Fuel pump relay control | B136 | 12 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 - 14 | |
| A/C relay control | B136 | 9 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 -14 | |
| Radiator fan relay 1 control | B136 | 18 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 - 14 | |
| Radiator fan relay 2 control | B136 | 29 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 -14 | |
| Self-shutoff control | B136 | 23 | 0.5 or less | 0.5 or less | |
| Malfunction indicator light | B136 | 11 | | | Light "ON": 1 or less Light "OFF": 10 - 14 |
| Engine speed output | B136 | 22 | | 0 - 13 or more | Waveform |
| Oil temperature sensor signal | B134 | 23 | 1.0 - 1.4 | 1.0 - 1.4 | After engine is warmed up. |
| Blow-by leak diagnosis | B134 | 30 | 0 | 0 | |
| Purge control solenoid valve | B137 | 29 | ON: 1 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 1 or less OFF: 12 - 14 | Duty waveform |
| EGR valve | Signal 1 | B134 | 8 | 0 or 10 - 13 | 0 or 12 - 14 | Waveform |
| Signal 2 | B134 | 9 | 0 or 10 - 13 | 0 or 12 - 14 | Waveform |
| Signal 3 | B134 | 10 | 0 or 10 - 13 | 0 or 12 - 14 | Waveform |
| Signal 4 | B134 | 20 | 0 or 10 - 13 | 0 or 12 - 14 | Waveform |
| Power steering oil pressure switch | B134 | 33 | ON: 1 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 1 or less OFF: 12 - 14 | |
| Blower fan switch | B135 | 11 | ON:0 OFF: 10 - 13 | ON:0 OFF: 12 - 14 | Manual A/C model |
| A/C middle pressure switch | B136 | 33 | ON:0 OFF: 10 - 13 | ON:0 OFF: 12 - 14 | |
| Oil switching solenoid valve RH | Signal (+) | B137 | 25 | 0 | Duty waveform | Drive frequency: 300 Hz |
| Signal (-) | B137 | 24 | 0 | 0 | |
| Oil switching solenoid valve LH | Signal (+) | B137 | 31 | 0 | Duty waveform | Drive frequency: 300 Hz |
| Signal (-) | B137 | 30 | 0 | 0 | |
| Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch RH | B134 | 31 | 0 | 0 | |
| Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch LH | B134 | 32 | 0 | 0 | |
| Front oxygen (A/F) sensor | Signal (+) | B135 | 9 | | 2.7 - 2.9 | |
| Signal (-) | B135 | 8 | | 2.35 - 2.25 | |
| Shield | B135 | 1 | 0 | 0 | |
| Manifold absolute pressure sensor | B134 | 6 | 3.4 - 3.8 | 1.4 - 1.8 | |
| Airflow sensor | Signal | B135 | 26 | | 0.3 - 4.5 | |
| Shield | B135 | 35 | 0 | 0 | |
| Ground | B135 | 34 | 0 | 0 | |
| Intake air temperature sensor signal | B135 | 18 | 0.3 - 4.6 | 0.3 - 4.6 | |
| Immobilizer communication 1 | B136 | 26 | 1 or less <--> 4 or more | 1 or less <--> 4 or more | |
| Immobilizer communication 2 | B136 | 34 | 1 or less <--> 4 or more | 1 or less <--> 4 or more | |
| SSM/GST communication line | B136 | 16 | 1 or less <--> 4 or more | 1 or less <--> 4 or more | |
| Sensor power supply | B134 | 19 | 5 | 5 | |
| B135 | 22 | 5 | 5 | |
| Ground (sensor) | B134 | 29 | 0 | 0 | |
| B135 | 30 | 0 | 0 | |
| Ground | (Engine 1) | B134 | 5 | 0 | 0 | |
| (Engine 2) | B137 | 7 | 0 | 0 | |
| (Engine 3) | B137 | 2 | 0 | 0 | |
| (Engine 4) | B137 | 1 | 0 | 0 | |
| (Engine 5) | B137 | 3 | 0 | 0 | |
| (Ignition 1) | B137 | 26 | 0 | 0 | |
| (Ignition 2) | B137 | 6 | 0 | 0 | |
| (Body) | B136 | 6 | 0 | 0 | |
| Clutch switch | B136 | 25 | When clutch pedal is depressed: 0 When clutch pedal is released: 10 - 13 | When clutch pedal is depressed: 0 When clutch pedal is released: 12 - 14 | |
| Brake switch 1 | B135 | 20 | When brake pedal is depressed: 0 When brake pedal is released: 10 - 13 | When brake pedal is depressed: 0 When brake pedal is released: 12 - 14 | |
| Brake switch 2 | B135 | 28 | When brake pedal is depressed: 10 - 13 When brake pedal is released: 0 | When brake pedal is depressed: 12 - 14 When brake pedal is released: 0 | |
| Cruise control main switch | B135 | 12 | ON:0 OFF: 5 | ON:0 OFF: 5 | |
| Cruise control command switch | B135 | 24 | When operating nothing: 3.5 - 4.5 When operating RES/ACC:2.5 - 3.5 When operating SET/COAST: 0.5 - 1.5 When operating CANCEL: 0 - 0.5 | When operating nothing: 3.5 - 4.5 When operating RES/ACC:2.5 - 3.5 When operating SET/COAST: 0.5 - 1.5 When operating CANCEL: 0 - 0.5 | |
| Fuel temperature sensor | B135 | 17 | 2.5 - 3.8 | 2.5 - 3.8 | Ambient temperature: 25°C (77°F) |
| Fuel tank pressure sensor | B135 | 32 | 2.3 - 2.7 | 2.3 - 2.7 | Value after removing fuel filler cap and installing again |
| Pressure control solenoid valve | B136 | 28 | ON: 1 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 1 or less OFF: 12 - 14 | |
| Drain valve | B136 | 17 | ON: 1 or less OFF: 10 - 13 | ON: 1 or less OFF: 12 - 14 | |
| CAN communication line (+) | B136 | 27 | 2.5 - 3.5 | 2.5 - 3.5 | Waveform |
| CAN communication line (-) | B136 | 35 | 1.5 - 2.5 | 1.5 - 2.5 | Waveform |
| AT/MT identification line | B136 | 15 | | | MT model: 1 or less |
WAVEFORM REFERENCE Input/output name Measuring condition Waveform 1. Crankshaft position sensor At idling 2. Camshaft position sensor At idling
Scheme 132
Scheme 133
Scheme 134
Scheme 135
Scheme 136
Scheme 137
Scheme 138
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
| Contents | Specification |
| Engine load | 17.6 - 40.5 (%): Idling |
| 14.7 - 29.8 (%): 2,500 rpm racing |
- After engine is warmed-up.
- Set the select lever in "P" range or "N" range, or the shift lever in neutral.
- Turn the A/C to OFF.
- Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.
This connector is used for Subaru Select Monitor.
| CAUTION | Do not connect any scan tools except Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool because the circuit for Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged. |
Scheme 139
| Terminal No. | Contents | Terminal No. | Contents |
| 1 | Blank | 9 | Blank |
| 2 | Blank | 10 | Blank |
| 3 | Blank | 11 | Blank |
| 4 | Ground | 12 | Blank |
| 5 | Ground | 13 | Blank |
| 6 | CAN communication (+) | 14 | CAN communication (-) |
| 7 | Subaru Select Monitor signal | 15 | Blank |
| 8 | Blank | 16 | Power supply |
DLC CONNECTOR TERMINALS REFERENCE
Scheme 140
Scheme 140: HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL
- Prepare a scan tool (general scan tool) required by SAE J1978.
- Connect the general scan tool to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side).
- Using the general scan tool, call up DTC and freeze frame data. General scan tool functions consist of: MODE $01: Current powertrain diagnostic data MODE $02: Powertrain freeze frame data MODE $03: Emission-related powertrain DTC MODE $04: Clear/Reset emission-related diagnostic information MODE $06: Request on-board monitoring test results for intermittently monitored systems MODE $07: Request on-board monitoring test results for continuously monitored systems MODE $09: Request vehicle information
Note. Read out the data according to repair procedures. (For detailed operation procedure, see the general scan tool operation information.) For details concerning DTC, see "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) .
MODE $01: (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA)
Refer to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output or the powertrain system.
A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
| PID | Data | Unit of measure |
| $01 | Number of emission-related powertrain DTC, and malfunction indicator light status and diagnosis support information | |
| $03 | Fuel system control status | |
| $04 | Calculated engine load value | % |
| $05 | Engine coolant temperature | °C |
| $06 | Short term fuel trim | % |
| $07 | Long term fuel trim | % |
| $0B | Intake manifold absolute pressure | KPa |
| $0C | Engine speed | Rpm |
| $0D | Vehicle speed | MPH |
| $0E | Ignition timing advance | ° |
| $0F | Intake air temperature | °C |
| $10 | Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor | G/s |
| $11 | Throttle valve absolute opening angle | % |
| $13 | Check whether oxygen sensor is installed. | |
| $15 | Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | V and % |
| $1C | Supporting OBD system | |
| $1F | Elapsed time after starting the engine | Sec |
| $21 | Travel distance after the malfunction indicator light illuminates | Miles |
| $24 | A/F value and A/F sensor output voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | And V |
| $2C | Target EGR | % |
| $2D | EGR deviation | % |
| $2E | Evaporative purge | % |
| $2F | Fuel level | % |
| $30 | Number of warm ups after DTC clear | |
| $31 | Travel distance after DTC clear | Miles |
| $32 | Fuel tank pressure | Pa |
| $33 | Barometric pressure | KPa |
| $34 | A/F value and A/F sensor current (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | And mA |
| $3C | Catalyst temperature #1 | °C |
| $41 | Diagnostic monitor of each drive cycle | |
| $42 | ECM power voltage | V |
| $43 | Absolute load | % |
| $44 | A/F target lambda | |
| $45 | Relative throttle opening angle | % |
| $46 | Ambient temperature | °C |
| $47 | Absolute throttle opening angle 2 | % |
| $49 | Absolute accelerator opening angle 1 | % |
| $4A | Absolute accelerator opening angle 2 | % |
| $4C | Target throttle opening angle | % |
| $4D | Engine operating time while malfunction indicator lit | Min |
| $4E | Elapsed time after DTC clear | Min |
| $51 | Fuel used | |
| $5A | Relative accelerator opening angle | % |
| NOTE: Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction information to access generic OBD-II PIDs (MODE $01). |
| NOTE |
| Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction information to access generic OBD-II PIDs (MODE $01). |
SUPPORT DATA AND PID REFERENCE
MODE $02 (POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA)
Refer to data denoting the operating condition when trouble is detected by on-board diagnosis system. A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
| PID | Data | Unit of measure |
| $02 | DTC that caused the freeze frame data storage required by CARB | |
| $03 | Fuel system control status | |
| $04 | Calculated engine load value | % |
| $05 | Engine coolant temperature | °C |
| $06 | Short term fuel trim (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | % |
| $07 | Long term fuel trim (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | % |
| $0B | Intake manifold absolute pressure | KPa |
| $0C | Engine speed | Rpm |
| $0D | Vehicle speed | MPH |
| $0E | Ignition timing advance | ° |
| $0F | Intake air temperature | °C |
| $10 | Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor | G/s |
| $11 | Throttle valve absolute opening angle | % |
| $13 | Check whether oxygen sensor is installed. | |
| $15 | Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | V and % |
| $1C | Supporting OBD system | |
| $1F | Elapsed time after starting the engine | Sec |
| $2C | Target EGR | % |
| $2D | EGR deviation | % |
| $2E | Evaporative purge | % |
| $2F | Fuel level | % |
| $32 | Fuel tank pressure | Pa |
| $33 | Barometric pressure | KPa |
| $42 | ECM power voltage | V |
| $43 | Absolute load | % |
| $44 | A/F target lambda | |
| $45 | Relative throttle opening angle | % |
| $46 | Ambient temperature | °C |
| $47 | Absolute throttle opening angle 2 | % |
| $49 | Absolute accelerator opening angle 1 | % |
| $4A | Absolute accelerator opening angle 2 | % |
| $4C | Target throttle opening angle | % |
| NOTE: Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction information to access freeze frame data (MODE $02). |
| NOTE |
| Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction information to access freeze frame data (MODE $02). |
SUPPORT DATA AND PID CODES REFERENCE
MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DTC)
MODE $04 (CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION)
Refer to the mode used to clear or reset emission-related diagnostic information (OBD-II trouble diagnostic information).
Note. Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction information to clear the emission-related diagnostic information (MODE $04).
MODE $06
Refer to test value of troubleshooting and data of test limit indicated on the support data bit sequence table. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
| OBDMID | TID | SID | Diagnostic item |
| $01 | $81 | $0A | A/F sensor continuity abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) |
| $82 | $8D |
| $83 | $14 |
| $84 | $1E | A/F sensor range abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) |
| $85 | $1E |
| $86 | $20 | A/F sensor response abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) |
| $02 | $87 | $0B | Oxygen sensor circuit abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 2) |
| $88 | $0B |
| $07 | $0B | Oxygen sensor drop abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 2) |
| $08 | SOB |
| $A5 | $0B |
| $05 | $10 | Oxygen sensor response abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 2) |
| $06 | $10 |
| $21 | $89 | $20 | Catalyst deterioration diagnosis (Bank 1) |
| $31 | $8A | $FD | EGR system diagnosis |
| $39 | $93 | $FE | Evaporative emission control system (Cap off) |
| $3B | $94 | $FE | Evaporative emission control system (0.04 inch leak) |
| $95 | $FE |
| $3C | $96 | $FE | Evaporative emission control system (0.02 inch leak) |
| $97 | $FE |
| $3D | $98 | $FE | Evaporative emission control system (Purge flow) |
| $41 | $99 | $24 | A/F sensor heater abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) |
| $9A | $24 |
| $9B | $14 | A/F sensor heater characteristics abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) |
| $42 | $9C | $24 | Oxygen sensor heater abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) |
| $9D | $24 |
| $A1 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (All cylinders) |
| $0C | $24 |
| $A2 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (#1 cylinder) |
| $0C | $24 |
| $A3 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (#2 cylinder) |
| $0C | $24 |
| $A4 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (#3 cylinder) |
| $0C | $24 |
| $A5 | SOB | $24 | Misfire monitoring (#4 cylinder) |
| $0C | $24 |
MODE $07
Refer to the data of DTC (pending code) for troubleshooting result about emission in the first time.
MODE $09
Refer to data of vehicle specification (V.I.N. calibration ID, diagnosis frequency etc.).
Scheme 141
Scheme 141: HOW TO USE THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
- Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. Refer to «PREPARATION TOOL»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti__preparation-tool) , General Description.
- Prepare the personal computer which has been installed the Subaru Select Monitor.
- Connect the USB cable between SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) and USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor). NOTE: The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.
- Connect the diagnosis cable to the SDI.
- Connect the SDI to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
- Start up the personal computer.
- Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF), and run the "PC application for Subaru Select Monitor".
- Call up DTC and data, then record them. NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, see the "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {Current Data Display&Save}.
- On «Current Data Display&Save» display, select {Normal sampling}.
- Using the scroll key, scroll the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
| Contents | Display | Unit of measure | Note (at idling) |
| Engine Load | Engine Load | % | 21.0% |
| Engine coolant temperature signal | Coolant Temp. | °C or °F | 85°C or 185°F or more (after warm up) |
| A/F Correction #1 | A/F Correction #1 | % | 0.8% |
| A/F Learning #1 | A/F Learning #1 | % | 0.0% |
| Intake manifold absolute pressure | Mani. Absolute Pressure | MmHg, kPa, inHg or psig | 200 - 300 mmHg, 26.7 - 40kPa, 7.8 - 11.8 inHg or 3.8 - 5.8 psig |
| Engine speed signal | Engine Speed | Rpm | 700 rpm (Agree with the tachometer indication) |
| Meter vehicle speed signal | Vehicle Speed | Km/h or MPH | 0 km/h or 0 MPH (at parking) |
| Ignition timing signal | Ignition Timing | Deg | 14 - 16 deg |
| Intake air temperature signal | Intake Air Temp. | °C or °F | (Ambient air temperature) |
| Intake air amount | Mass Air Flow | G/s or lb/m | 2.5 g/s or 0.33 lb/m |
| Throttle opening angle signal | Throttle Opening Angle | % | 2.0% |
| Rear oxygen sensor voltage | Rear O2 Sensor | V | 0.1 - 0.7 V |
| Battery voltage | Battery Voltage | V | 12 - 14 V |
| Mass air flow voltage | Air Flow Sensor Voltage | V | 1.26 V |
| Injection 1 pulse width | Fuel Injection #1 Pulse | Ms | 2.82 ms |
| Atmospheric pressure signal | Atmosphere Pressure | MmHg, kPa, inHg or psig | (Atmospheric pressure) |
| Intake manifold relative pressure | Mani. Relative Pressure | MmHg, kPa, inHg or psig | (Air intake absolute pressure - Atmospheric pressure) |
| Learned Ignition Timing | Learned Ignition Timing | Deg | 0 deg |
| Acceleration opening angle signal | Accel. Opening Angle | % | 0.0% |
| Fuel temperature signal | Fuel Temp. | °C or °F | +20°C or +68°F |
| Purge control solenoid duty ratio | CPC Valve Duty Ratio | % | 0 - 3% |
| Number of EGR steps | No. of EGR steps | STEP | 0 STEP |
| A/F sensor current value 1 | A/F Sensor #1 Current | MA | 0.2 - 0.2 mA |
| A/F sensor resistance value 1 | A/F Sensor #1 Resistance | Ohms | 32 ohms |
| A/F sensor output lambda 1 | A/F Sensor #1 | | 1.0 |
| A/F Correction #3 | A/F Correction #3 | % | 0.3% |
| A/F Learning #3 | A/F Learning #3 | % | 0.00% |
| Throttle motor duty | Throttle Motor Duty | % | 15% |
| Throttle Motor Voltage | Throttle Motor Voltage | V | (Battery voltage) |
| Sub throttle sensor voltage | Sub-Throttle Sensor | V | 1.52 V |
| Main throttle sensor voltage | Main-Throttle Sensor | V | 0.66 V |
| Sub accelerator sensor voltage | Sub-Accelerator Sensor | V | 0.68 V |
| Main acceleration sensor voltage | Main-Accelerator Sensor | V | 0.68 V |
| Memory vehicle speed | Memorized Cruise Speed | Km/h or MPH | 0 km/h or 0 MPH |
| Fuel level sensor signal | Fuel level resistance | Ohms | 2 - 96 ohms |
| Engine oil temperature | Oil Temperature | °C | > or = 85°C (after warm up) |
| Oil switching solenoid valve duty R | OSV Duty R | % | 16.9% |
| Oil switching solenoid valve duty L | OSV Duty L | % | 16.9% |
| Oil switching solenoid valve current R | OSV Current R | MA | 192 mA |
| Oil switching solenoid valve current L | OSV Current L | MA | 192 mA |
| Variable valve lift mode | VVL Lift Mode | | 1 |
| #1 cylinder roughness monitor | Roughness Monitor #1 | | 0 |
| #2 cylinder roughness monitor | Roughness Monitor #2 | | 0 |
| #3 cylinder roughness monitor | Roughness Monitor #3 | | 0 |
| #4 cylinder roughness monitor | Roughness Monitor #4 | | 0 |
| Knock sensor correction | Knocking Correction | Deg | 0.0 deg |
| Fuel tank pressure signal | Fuel Tank Pressure | MmHg, kPa, inHg or psig | +7.7 mmHg, +1.1 kPa, +0.31 inHg or +0.15 psig |
| AT Vehicle ID Signal | AT Vehicle ID Signal | | ON/OFF |
| Delivery (test) mode terminal | Test Mode Signal | | OFF |
| D-check Require Flag | D-check Require Flag | | OFF |
| Delivery (test) mode terminal | Delivery Mode Connector (Test Mode Connector) | | OFF |
| Neutral position switch signal | Neutral Position Switch | | ON |
| Soft idle switch signal | Idle Switch Signal | | ON |
| Ignition switch signal | Ignition Switch | | ON |
| Power steering switch signal | P/S Switch Signal | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Air conditioning switch signal | A/C Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Starter switch signal | Starter Switch | | OFF |
| Rear oxygen monitor | Rear O2 Rich Signal | | ON/OFF |
| Knocking signal | Knocking Signal | | OFF |
| Crankshaft position sensor signal | Crankshaft Position Sig. | | ON |
| Camshaft position sensor signal | Camshaft Position Sig. | | ON |
| Rear defogger switch signal | Rear Defogger SW | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Blower fan switch signal | Blower Fan SW | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Light switch signal | Light Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| A/C middle pressure switch signal | A/C Mid Pressure Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Air conditioner compressor relay output signal | A/C Compressor Signal | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Radiator fan relay 1 signal | Radiator Fan Relay #1 | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Radiator fan relay 2 signal | Radiator Fan Relay #2 | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Fuel pump relay signal | Fuel Pump Relay | | ON output |
| PCV hose assembly diagnosis signal | Blow-by leak Connector | | Connected |
| Pressure control solenoid valve signal | PCV Solenoid Valve | | OFF output |
| Drain valve signal | Vent. Solenoid Valve | | OFF output |
| Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch signal 1 | Eng. Oil Press. SW 1 | | ON |
| Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch signal 2 | Eng. Oil Press. SW 2 | | ON |
| AT coordinate retard angle demand signal | Retard Signal from AT | | OFF |
| AT coordinate fuel cut demand signal | Fuel Cut signal from AT | | OFF |
| Vehicle dynamics control (VDC) torque down prohibition output | Ban of Torque Down | | ON |
| Vehicle dynamics control (VDC) torque down demand | Request Torque Down VDC | | OFF |
| AT coordinate permission signal | Torque permission signal | | Allowed (prohibited on MT vehicles) |
| Electronic throttle control motor relay signal | ETC Motor Relay | | ON |
| Clutch switch signal | Clutch Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Stop light switch signal | Stop Light Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| SET/COAST switch signal | SET/COAST Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| RES/ACC switch signal | RESUME/ACCEL Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Brake switch signal | Brake Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Main switch signal | Main Switch | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Body integrated unit data reception | Body Int. Unit Data | | ON |
| Body integrated unit counter update | Body int. Unit Count | | ON |
| Cruise control cancel switch signal | CC Cancel SW | | OFF (when OFF) |
| Malfunction indicator light signal | MIL On Flag | | OFF (when unlit) |
| NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". |
| NOTE |
| For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". |
DISPLAY CONTENTS REFERENCE
READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {OBD System}.
- On «OBD Menu» display, select {Current Data Display&Save}.
- On «Current Data Display&Save» display, select {All data display}.
- Using the scroll key, scroll the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
| Contents | Display | Referential value (at idling) | Unit of measure |
| Number of diagnosis code | Number of Diag. Code | 0 | |
| Condition of malfunction indicator light | MI(MIL) | OFF | |
| Monitoring test of misfire | Misfire monitoring (Supp) | YES | |
| Monitoring test of misfire | Misfire monitoring (Rdy) | YES | |
| Monitoring test of fuel system | Fuel system monitoring (Supp) | YES | |
| Monitoring test of fuel system | Fuel system monitoring (Rdy) | YES | |
| Monitoring test of comprehensive component | Component monitoring (Supp) | YES | |
| Monitoring test of comprehensive component | Component monitoring (Rdy) | YES | |
| Test of catalyst | Catalyst Diagnosis (Supp) | YES | |
| Test of catalyst | Catalyst Diagnosis (Rdy) | NO | |
| Test of heating-type catalyst | Heated catalyst (Supp) | NO | |
| Test of heating-type catalyst | Heated catalyst (Rdy) | N/A | |
| Test of evaporative emission purge control system | Evaporative purge system (Supp) | YES | |
| Test of evaporative emission purge control system | Evaporative purge system (Rdy) | NO | |
| Secondary air system test | Secondary air system (Supp) | NO | |
| Secondary air system test | Secondary air system (Rdy) | N/A | |
| Test of air conditioning system refrigerant | A/C system refrigerant (Supp) | NO | |
| Test of air conditioning system refrigerant | A/C system refrigerant (Rdy) | N/A | |
| Test of oxygen sensor | Oxygen sensor (Supp) | YES | |
| Test of oxygen sensor | Oxygen sensor (Rdy) | NO | |
| Test of oxygen sensor heater | 02 Heater Diagnosis (Supp) | YES | |
| Test of oxygen sensor heater | 02 Heater Diagnosis (Rdy) | NO | |
| Test of EGR system | EGR system (Supp) | YES | |
| Test of EGR system | EGR system (Rdy) | NO | |
| Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1 | Fuel system for Bank 1 | CI_normal | |
| Engine load data | Calculated load value | 23.0 | % |
| Engine coolant temperature signal | Coolant Temp. | 92 | °C |
| Short term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1) | Short term fuel trim B1 | 0.8 | % |
| Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1) | Long term fuel trim B1 | 0.0 | % |
| Intake manifold absolute pressure signal | Mani. Absolute Pressure | 211 | MmHg |
| Engine speed signal | Engine Speed | 700 | Rpm |
| Vehicle speed signal | Vehicle Speed | 0 | Km/h |
| #1 Cylinder ignition timing | Ignition timing adv. #1 | 16.0 | ° |
| Intake air temperature signal | Intake Air Temp. | 36 | °C |
| Intake air amount | Mass Air Flow | 2.7 | G/s |
| Throttle position signal | Throttle Opening Angle | 13 | % |
| Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Oxygen sensor #12 | 0.7 | V |
| A/F correction (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Short term fuel trim #12 | 0.0 | % |
| On-board diagnostic system | OBD system | OBD/OBD2 | |
| Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Oxygen sensor #11 | Supported | |
| Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Oxygen sensor #12 | Supported | |
| Elapsed time after engine start | Time Since Engine Start | | Sec |
| Travel distance after the malfunction indicator light illuminates | Lighted Ml lamp history | | Km |
| A/F lambda signal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | A/F Sensor #11 | 1.001 | |
| A/F sensor output signal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | A/F Sensor #11 | 2.79 | V |
| Target EGR | Commanded EGR | | % |
| EGR error | EGR Error | | % |
| Evaporative purge | Commanded Evap Purge | 0 | % |
| Fuel level signal | Fuel level | | % |
| Number of warm ups after DTC clear | Number of warm-ups | | |
| Travel distance after DTC clear | Meter since DTC cleared | | Km |
| Fuel tank pressure signal | Fuel Tank Pressure | 8.8 | MmHg |
| Atmospheric pressure signal | Atmosphere Pressure | Atmospheric pressure | MmHg |
| A/F lambda signal (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | A/F Sensor #11 | 1.001 | |
| A/F sensor current (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | A/F Sensor #11 | 0.00 | MA |
| Catalytic temperature #1 | Catalyst Temperature #11 | | °C |
| Monitoring test of misfire | Misfire monitoring (Enable) | YES | |
| Monitoring test of misfire | Misfire monitoring (Comp) | NO | |
| Monitoring test of fuel system | Fuel system monitoring (Enable) | YES | |
| Monitoring test of fuel system | Fuel system monitoring (Comp) | NO | |
| Monitoring test of comprehensive component | Component monitoring (Enable) | YES | |
| Monitoring test of comprehensive component | Component monitoring (Comp) | NO | |
| Test of catalyst | Catalyst Diagnosis (Enable) | YES | |
| Test of catalyst | Catalyst Diagnosis (Comp) | NO | |
| Test of heating-type catalyst | Heated catalyst (Enable) | N/A | |
| Test of heating-type catalyst | Heated catalyst (Comp) | N/A | |
| Test of evaporative emission purge control system | Evaporative purge system (Enable) | NO | |
| Test of evaporative emission purge control system | Evaporative purge system (Comp) | NO | |
| Secondary air system test | Secondary air system (Enable) | N/A | |
| Secondary air system test | Secondary air system (Comp) | N/A | |
| Test of air conditioning system refrigerant | A/C system refrigerant (Enable) | N/A | |
| Test of air conditioning system refrigerant | A/C system refrigerant (Comp) | N/A | |
| Test of oxygen sensor | Oxygen sensor (Enable) | YES | |
| Test of oxygen sensor | Oxygen sensor (Comp) | NO | |
| Test of oxygen sensor heater | 02 Heater Diagnosis (Enable) | YES | |
| Test of oxygen sensor heater | 02 Heater Diagnosis (Comp) | NO | |
| Test of EGR system | EGR system (Enable) | YES | |
| Test of EGR system | EGR system (Comp) | NO | |
| ECM power supply voltage | Control module voltage | 13.789 | V |
| Absolute load | Absolute Load Value | 22 | % |
| A/F target lambda | Target Equivalence Ratio | 0.976 | |
| Relative throttle opening angle | Relative Throttle Pos. | 2 | % |
| Ambient temperature | Ambient Temperature | Ambient air temperature | °C |
| Absolute throttle opening angle 2 | Absolute Throttle Pos.#2 | 32 | % |
| Absolute accelerator opening angle 1 | Accelerator Pedal Pos.#1 | 13 | % |
| Absolute accelerator opening angle 2 | Accelerator Pedal Pos.#2 | 13 | % |
| Target throttle opening angle | Target Throt. Act. Cont. | 0 | % |
| Engine operating time while malfunction indicator light lit | Time while MIL lighted | | Min |
| Elapsed time after DTC clear | Time since DTC cleared | | Min |
| Type of fuel | Type of fuel | GAS | |
| Relative acceleration opening angle | Relative Accelera. Pos. | 0 | % |
| NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". |
| NOTE |
| For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". |
DISPLAY CONTENTS REFERENCE
READ FREEZE FRAME DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {OBD System}.
- On «OBD Menu» display, select {Freeze Frame Data Display}. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
| Contents | Display | Unit of measure |
| DTCs of freeze frame data | Freeze frame data | |
| Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1 | Fuel system for Bank 1 | |
| Engine load data | Calculated load value | % |
| Engine coolant temperature signal | Coolant Temp. | °C or °F |
| Short term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor | Short term fuel trim B1 | % |
| Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor | Long term fuel trim B1 | % |
| Intake manifold absolute pressure signal | Mani. Absolute Pressure | MmHg, kPa, inHg or psig |
| Engine speed signal | Engine Speed | Rpm |
| Vehicle speed signal | Vehicle Speed | Km/h or MPH |
| Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder | Ignition timing adv. #1 | ° |
| Intake air temperature signal | Intake Air Temp. | °C or °F |
| Intake air amount | Mass Air Flow | G/s or lb/m |
| Throttle position signal | Throttle Opening Angle | % |
| Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Oxygen sensor #12 | V |
| A/F correction (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Short term fuel trim #12 | % |
| On-board diagnostic system | OBD system | |
| Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Oxygen sensor #11 | |
| Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Oxygen sensor #12 | |
| Elapsed time after engine start | Time Since Engine Start | Sec |
| Target EGR | Commanded EGR | % |
| EGR deviation | EGR Error | % |
| Evaporative purge | Commanded Evap Purge | % |
| Fuel level signal | Fuel level | % |
| Fuel tank pressure signal | Fuel Tank Pressure | MmHg, kPa, inHg or psig |
| Atmospheric pressure | Atmosphere Pressure | MmHg, kPa, inHg or psig |
| ECM power supply voltage | Control module voltage | V |
| Absolute load | Absolute Load Value | % |
| A/F target lambda | Target Equivalence Ratio | |
| Relative throttle opening angle | Relative Throttle Pos. | % |
| Ambient temperature | Ambient Temperature | °C or °F |
| Absolute throttle opening angle 2 | Absolute Throttle Pos.#2 | % |
| Absolute accelerator opening angle 1 | Accelerator Pedal Pos.#1 | % |
| Absolute accelerator opening angle 2 | Accelerator Pedal Pos.#2 | % |
| Target throttle opening angle | Target Throt. Act. Cont. | % |
| NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". |
| NOTE |
| For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". |
DISPLAY CONTENTS REFERENCE
.N REGISTRATION
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {Entry VIN}.
- Perform the procedures shown on the display screen. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {Diagnostic Code(s) Display}.
- On «Diagnostic Code(s) Display» display, select {Temporary Diagnostic Code(s)} or {Memorized Diagnostic Code(s)}.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". For details concerning DTC, see "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) .
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {OBD System}.
- On «OBD Menu» display, select {Diagnostic Code(s) Display}.
- Make sure DTC is shown on the screen.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". For details concerning DTC, see "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) .
GENERAL SCAN TOOL
Refer to data denoting emission-related powertrain DTC.
Note. Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction information to access powertrain DTC (MODE $03).
PROCEDURE
Perform the diagnosis shown in the following DTC table.
When performing the diagnosis not listed in "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)", see the item on the drive cycle. Refer to DRIVE CYCLE .
| DTC | Item | Condition |
| P0031 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| P0032 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| P0037 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | |
| P0038 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | |
| P0077 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High (Bank 1) | |
| P0083 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High (Bank 2) | |
| P0102 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input | |
| P0103 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input | |
| P0107 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input | |
| P0108 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input | |
| P0112 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low | |
| P0113 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High | |
| P0117 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low | |
| P0118 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High | |
| P0122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit Low | |
| P0123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit High | |
| P0131 | 02 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| P0132 | 02 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| P0137 | 02 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | |
| P0138 | 02 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | |
| P0140 | 02 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | |
| P0182 | Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit Low Input | |
| P0183 | Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit High Input | |
| P0197 | Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Low | |
| P0198 | Engine Oil Temperature Sensor High | |
| P0222 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit Low | |
| P0223 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit High | |
| P0327 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) | |
| P0328 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) | |
| P0335 | Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit | |
| P0336 | Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance | |
| P0340 | Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) | |
| P0341 | Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) | |
| P0447 | Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Open | |
| P0448 | Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Shorted | |
| P0452 | Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Low Input | |
| P0453 | Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor High Input | |
| P0458 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low | |
| P0462 | Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit Low | |
| P0463 | Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit High | |
| P0500 | Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" | |
| P0512 | Starter Request Circuit | |
| P0513 | Incorrect Immobilizer Key | |
| P0600 | Serial Communication Link | |
| P0604 | Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error | |
| P0605 | Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error | |
| P0607 | Throttle Control System Circuit Range/Performance | |
| P0638 | Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance (Bank 1) | |
| P0700 | Transmission Control System (MIL Request) | |
| P0851 | Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low | |
| P0852 | Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit High | |
| P1152 | 02 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (Low) (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| P1153 | 02 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (High) (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| P1160 | Return Spring Failure | |
| P1400 | Fuel Tank Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Circuit Low | |
| P1420 | Fuel Tank Pressure Control Sol. Valve Circuit High | |
| P1491 | Positive Crankcase Ventilation (Blow-by) Function Problem | |
| P1560 | Back-Up Voltage Circuit Malfunction | |
| P1570 | Antenna | |
| P1571 | Reference Code Incompatibility | |
| P1572 | IMM Circuit Failure (Except Antenna Circuit) | |
| P1574 | Key Communication Failure | |
| P1576 | EGI Control Module EEPROM | |
| P1577 | IMM Control Module EEPROM | |
| P1578 | Meter Failure | |
| P2101 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance | |
| P2102 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Low | |
| P2109 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor "A" Minimum Stop Performance | |
| P2122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D" Circuit Low Input | |
| P2123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D" Circuit High Input | |
| P2127 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit Low Input | |
| P2128 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit High Input | |
| P2135 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A"/"B" Voltage Correlation | |
| P2138 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D"/"E" Voltage Correlation | |
| P2227 | Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Range/Performance | |
| P2228 | Barometric Pressure Circuit Low | |
| P2229 | Barometric Pressure Circuit High | |
PREPARATION FOR THE INSPECTION MODE
- Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 - 40 l (5.3 - 10.6 US gal, 4.4 - 8.8 lmp gal)].
- Lift up the vehicle using a garage jack and place it on rigid racks, or drive the vehicle onto free rollers.
| WARNING | Before raising the vehicle, ensure parking brakes are applied. Do not use a pantograph jack in place of a rigid rack. Secure a rope or wire to the front or rear towing hooks to prevent the lateral runout of front wheels. Before rotating the wheels, make sure that there is no one in front of the vehicle. Besides while the wheels are rotating, make sure that no one approaches the vehicle front side. Make sure that there is nothing around the wheels. For AWD model, pay special attention to all four wheels. While servicing, do not depress or release the clutch pedal or accelerator pedal quickly regardless of the engine speed. Quick operation may cause the vehicle to drop off the free roller. To prevent the vehicle from slipping due to vibration, do not place anything between rigid rack and the vehicle. |
Scheme 142
Scheme 143
- Check that no DTC remains after clearing memory. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) .
- Warm up the engine.
- Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. Refer to «PREPARATION TOOL»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti__preparation-tool) , General Description.
- Prepare PC with Subaru Select Monitor installed.
- Connect the USB cable to SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) and USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor). NOTE: The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.
- Connect the diagnosis cable to SDI.
- Connect the delivery (test) mode connector (A) located under the glove box.
- Connect SDI to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
- Start the PC.
- Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and run the "PC application for Subaru Select Monitor".
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {Dealer Check Mode Procedure}.
- When the «Perform Inspection (Dealer Check) Mode?» is shown on the screen, click the [Next] button.
- Perform subsequent procedures as instructed on the display screen. If trouble still remains in the memory, the corresponding DTC appears on the display screen. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor". For details concerning DTC, see "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to «LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) . Release the parking brake. The speed difference between front and rear wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this does not indicate a malfunction. When engine control diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance procedure of self-diagnosis function. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/anti-locktraction-control/#brakes-abs-diagnostics-except-sti) .
- After performing the diagnostics and clearing the memory, check that no DTC remains. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) .
- Warm up the engine.
- Connect the delivery (test) mode connector (A) located under the glove box.
- Connect the general scan tool to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
- Start the engine. NOTE: Ensure the selector lever is placed in "P" range before starting. (AT model) Depress the clutch pedal when starting engine. (MT model)
- Turn the neutral position switch to ON using select lever or shift lever.
- Depress the brake pedal to turn the brake switch ON. (AT model)
- Keep the engine speed in 2,500 - 3,000 rpm range for 40 seconds.
- Place the select lever or shift lever in D position (AT model) or 1st gear (MT model) and drive the vehicle at 5 to 10 km/h (3 to 6 MPH). NOTE: For AWD model, release the parking brake. The speed difference between front and rear wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this indicates no malfunctions. When engine control diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance procedure of self-diagnosis system. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/anti-locktraction-control/#brakes-abs-diagnostics-except-sti) .
- Using the general scan tool, check for DTC and record the result(s). NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. For details concerning DTC, see "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to «LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) .
For the troubleshooting, there are driving patterns described below. Driving in the specified pattern allows to diagnose malfunctioning items listed below. After the repair of the following trouble items, be sure to drive the vehicle with the specified drive patterns to check whether the function is resumed correctly.
PREPARATION FOR DRIVE CYCLE
- Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20-40 l (5.3-10.6 US gal, 4.4 - 8.8 lmp gal)].
- After performing the diagnostics and clearing the memory, check that no DTC remains. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) .
- Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector. NOTE: Perform the diagnosis after warming up the engine except when the engine coolant temperature at starting is specified. Perform the diagnosis twice if the DTC marked with*. After completing the first diagnosis, stop the engine and perform second diagnosis in same condition.
DRIVE CYCLE A - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH 80 KM/H (50 MPH) FOR 20 MINUTES, AND THEN IDLE THE ENGINE FOR A MINUTE
| DTC | Item | Condition |
| *P0125 | Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control | Engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 20°C (68°F). |
| *P0128 | Coolant Thermostat (Engine Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature) | |
| *P0133 | 02 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| *P0171 | System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
| *P0172 | System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
| P0196 | Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance | |
| *P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
| *P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
| *P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
| *P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
| *P0420 | Catalyst System Efficiency below Threshold (Bank 1) | |
| *P0442 | Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Small Leak) | Engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 30°C (86°F). |
| *P0451 | Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor | |
| *P0456 | Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak) | Engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 30°C (86°F). |
| *P0457 | Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Fuel Cap Loose/Off) | Engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 30°C (86°F). |
| *P0459 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit High | |
| P1443 | Vent Control Solenoid Valve Function Problem | |
| *P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
| *P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
| P2103 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle B or C as well. |
DRIVE CYCLE B -10 MINUTES IDLING
Note. Drive the vehicle at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more before diagnosis.
| DTC | Item | Condition |
| *P0126 | Insufficient Engine Coolant Temperature for Stable Operation | |
| *P0171 | System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
| *P0172 | System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
| *P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
| *P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
| *P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
| *P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
| *P0464 | Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Intermittent | |
| *P0506 | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected | |
| *P0507 | Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected | |
| *P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
| *P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
| P2103 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or C as well. |
Scheme 144
Scheme 144: DRIVE CYCLE C - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH FOLLOWING DRIVE PATTERNS
| DTC | Item | Condition |
| P0026 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1) | |
| P0028 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 2) | |
| *P0030 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| *P0068 | MAP/MAF - Throttle Position Correlation | |
| P0076 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low (Bank 1) | |
| P0082 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low (Bank 2) | |
| *P0101 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Range/Performance | |
| *P0134 | 02 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | |
| *P0139 | 02 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | |
| *P0171 | System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
| *P0172 | System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
| *P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
| *P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
| *P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
| *P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
| *P0400 | Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow | |
| P1492 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) | |
| P1493 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) | |
| P1494 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) | |
| P1495 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) | |
| P1496 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) | |
| P1497 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) | |
| P1498 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) | |
| P1499 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) | |
| *P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
| *P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
| P2103 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High | Complete diagnosis with drive cycle A or B as well. |
DRIVE CYCLED
- DRIFT DIAGNOSIS Make sure that the engine coolant temperature at engine starting is less than 30°C (86°F). Make sure that fuel remains 10 l (2.6 US gal, 2.2 lmp gal) or more and the battery voltage is 10.9 V or more. Start the engine, and check that the engine coolant temperature increases by 10°C (50°F) or more, and reaches 75°C (167°F) or more, when the engine is warmed up. Idle the engine for 120 seconds or more in the condition of step 3).
- STUCK DIAGNOSIS Make sure that the battery voltage is 10.9 V or more. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) . Drive for approximately 50 l (13.2 US gal, 11 lmp gal) of fuel. NOTE: It is acceptable to drive the vehicle intermittently. Do not disconnect the battery terminals while diagnosing. (Data will be cleared by disconnecting the battery terminals.)
| DTC | Item | Condition |
| P0181 | Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance | |
DRIVE CYCLE E
- Make sure that the battery voltage is 10.9 V or more.
- Perform the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) .
- Drive for approximately 30 l (7.9 US gal, 6.6 lmp gal) of fuel.
Note. It is acceptable to drive the vehicle intermittently. Do not disconnect the battery terminals while diagnosing. (Data will be cleared by disconnecting the battery terminals.)
| DTC | Item | Condition |
| P0461 | Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance | |
DRIVE CYCLE F
- Make sure that the engine coolant temperature at engine starting is less than 30°C (86°F).
- Start the engine, and warm it up until engine coolant temperature increases over 95°C (203°F).
- Idle the engine for 10 minutes or more in the condition of step 2.
Note. Do not disconnect the battery terminals while diagnosing. (Data will be cleared by disconnecting the battery terminals.)
| DTC | Item | Condition |
| P0111 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance | |
DRIVE CYCLE H
- Perform the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to «CLEAR MEMORY MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) .
- With the ignition switch ON, read the engine coolant temperature, intake air temperature and fuel temperature. Refer to «READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti__read-current-data-for-engine-normal) , OPERATION, Subaru Select Monitor.
- If the values from step 2) satisfy the following two conditions, start the engine. Condition: |Engine coolant temperature - Intake air temperature | < or = 5°C (41 °F) |Engine coolant temperature - Fuel temperature | < or = 2°C (36°F) NOTE: If the conditions are not satisfied, turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait until the parameters are satisfied. Start AT vehicles in the "P" range, and MT vehicles in the neutral position.
- Idle the engine for 1 minute under the conditions in step 3). DTC CHART DTC Item Condition *P1602 Control Module Programming Error
OPERATION
Note. When Clear Memory Mode is performed in OBD mode of Subaru Select Monitor, only DTCs are cleared.
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {Clearing Memory}.
- When the "Clear Memory?" is shown on the screen, click the [YES] button.
- When "Done" and "Turn off the ignition switch." are shown on the display screen, turn the ignition switch to OFF.
Note. Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance. Wait for 10 seconds or more after turning the ignition switch to ON, and then start the engine. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {OBD System}.
- On «OBD Menu» display, select {Clear Diagnostic Code}.
- When the "Clear Diagnostic Code?" is shown on the screen, click the [Yes] button.
- When "Done" and "Turn off the ignition switch." are shown on the display screen, turn the ignition switch to OFF.
Note. Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance. Wait for 10 seconds or more after turning the ignition switch to ON, and then start the engine. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
For clear memory procedures using the general scan tool, see "General Scan Tool Instruction information".
Note. Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance. For this reason, start the engine after 10 seconds or more have elapsed since the ignition switch was turned to ON.
- Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. Refer to «PREPARATION TOOL»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti__preparation-tool) , General Description.
- Prepare PC with Subaru Select Monitor installed.
- Connect the USB cable to SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) and USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor). NOTE: The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.
- Connect the diagnosis cable to SDI.
- Connect the delivery (test) mode connector (A) located under the glove box.
- Connect SDI to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
- Start the PC.
- Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and run the "PC application for Subaru Select Monitor".
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {System Operation Check Mode}.
- On «System Operation Check Mode» display, select {Actuator ON/OFF Operation}.
- Select the desired compulsory actuator on the «Actuator ON/OFF Operation» display screen and click the [Next] button.
- Clicking the [Exit] button completes the compulsory valve operation check mode. The display will then return to the «Actuator ON/OFF Operation» screen. A list of the support data is shown in the following table. DISPLAY DESCRIPTION Description Display Compulsory fuel pump relay operation check Fuel Pump Relay Compulsory purge control solenoid valve operation check CPC Solenoid Valve Compulsory radiator fan relay operation check Radiator Fan Relay Compulsory air conditioning relay operation check A/C Compressor Relay Compulsory pressure control solenoid valve operation check PCV Solenoid Valve Compulsory drain valve operation check Vent. Solenoid Valve NOTE: The following parts will be displayed but not functional. DISPLAY DESCRIPTION Display EGR Solenoid Valve ASV Solenoid Valve FICD Solenoid Pressure Switching Sol.1 Pressure Switching Sol.2 AAI Solenoid Valve Tank Sensor Cntl Valve Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid EXH. Bypass Control Permit Flag Secondary Air Combi Valve 2 For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
- Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. Refer to «PREPARATION TOOL»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti__preparation-tool) , General Description.
- Prepare PC with Subaru Select Monitor installed.
- Connect the USB cable to SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) and USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor). NOTE: The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.
- Connect the diagnosis cable to SDI.
- Connect SDI to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
- Start the PC.
- Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and run the "PC application for Subaru Select Monitor".
- On «Main Menu» display, select {Each System Check}.
- On «System Selection Menu» display, select {Engine Control System}.
- Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
- On «Engine Diagnosis» display, select {System Operation Check Mode}.
- The following items are displayed on the monitor. DISPLAY DESCRIPTION Display Actuator ON/OFF Operation Immobilizer System Fuel Pump Control Fixed Idle Ignition Timing Idle Speed Control Injector Control EGR Valve Control
FUEL PUMP CONTROL (OFF DRIVE)
| CAUTION | After executing the operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. |
- On «System Operation Check Mode» display, select {Fuel Pump Control}.
- On «Fuel Pump Control» display, select {OFF Drive}.
- On «Start the Engine» display, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
- On «OFF Drive» display, click the [Execution] button and execute the OFF drive.
- Click the [Cancel] button to stop the OFF drive.
- Click the [Exit] button to end the OFF drive. The screen will return to the «Fuel Pump Control» screen.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
FUEL PUMP CONTROL (ON/OFF DRIVE)
| CAUTION | After executing the system operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. |
- On «System Operation Check Mode» display, select {Fuel Pump Control}.
- On «Fuel Pump Control» display, select {ON/OFF Dr.}.
- On «Turn Ignition Switch ON with Engine OFF» display, turn the ignition switch to ON and click the [OK] button.
- On «ON/OFF Dr.» display, click the [Execution] button and execute the ON/OFF drive.
- Click the [Cancel] button to stop the ON/OFF drive.
- Click the [Exit] button to end the ON/OFF drive. The screen will return to the «Fuel Pump Control» screen.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
IDLING IGNITION TIMING FIXED
| CAUTION | After executing the system operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. |
- On «System Operation Check Mode» display, select {Fixed Idle Ignition Timing}.
- On «Start the Engine» display, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
- On «Fixed Idle Ignition Timing» display, click the [Execution] button and execute the idling ignition timing fixed.
- Click the [Cancel] button to stop the idling ignition timing fixed.
- Click the [Exit] button to end the idling ignition timing fixed. The screen will return to the «System Operation Check Mode» screen.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
| CAUTION | After executing the system operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. |
- On «System Operation Check Mode» display, select {Idle Speed Control}.
- On «Start the Engine» display, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
- In the «Idle Speed Control» display, click the [↑] button or the [↓] button to change the setting values, then click the [OK] button. Setting is possible in a range between 500 rpm - 2,000 rpm, in increments of 50 rpm. However, the engine speed that can actually be controlled will vary depending on the vehicle.
- Click the [Cancel] button to stop the idle speed control.
- Click the [Exit] button to end the idle speed control. The screen will return to the «System Operation Check Mode» screen.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
INJECTOR CONTROL (INJECTION STOP MODE)
| CAUTION | After executing the system operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. |
- On «System Operation Check Mode» display, select {Injector Control}.
- On «Injector Control» display, select {Injection Stop Mode}.
- On «Injection Stop Mode» display, select the fuel injector to be stopped.
- On «Start the Engine» display, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
- On «Fuel Injector #» display, click the [Execution] button and execute the injection stop mode.
- Click the [Cancel] button to stop the injection stop mode.
- Click the [Exit] button to return to the «Injection Stop Mode» display screen.
- On «Injection Stop Mode» display, click the [Return] button to end the «Injection Stop Mode». The screen will return to the «injector Control» screen.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
INJECTOR CONTROL (INJECTION QUANTITY CONTROL)
| CAUTION | After executing the system operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. |
- On «System Operation Check Mode» display, select {Injector Control}.
- On «Injector Control» display, select {Injection Quantity Control}.
- On «Start the Engine» display, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
- In the «Injection Quantity Control» display, click the [↑] button or the [↓] button to change the setting values, then click the [OK] button. Setting is possible in a range between 0 - 20%, in increments of 1%.
- Click the [Cancel] button to stop the injection quantity control.
- Click the [ Exit] button to end the injection quantity control. The screen will return to the «Injector Control» screen.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
EGR VALVE CONTROL
| CAUTION | After executing the system operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode. Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. |
- On «System Operation Check Mode» display, select {EGR Valve Control}.
- On «Start the Engine» display, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
- In the «EGR Valve Control» display, click the [↑] button or the [↓] button to change the setting values, then click the [OK] button. Setting is possible in increments of 1 STEP. However, the STEP number that can actually be controlled will vary depending on the vehicle.
- Click the [Cancel] button to stop the EGR valve control.
- Click the [Exit] button to end the EGR valve control. The screen will return to the «System Operation Check Mode» screen.
Note. For detailed operation procedures, see "PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor".
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
Scheme 145
Scheme 145: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
Scheme 146
Scheme 147
Scheme 148
- When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), the malfunction indicator light (A) in the combination meter illuminates. NOTE: If the malfunction indicator light does not illuminate, perform diagnostics of the malfunction indicator light circuit or the combination meter circuit. Refer to «MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so-except-sti) , Malfunction Indicator Light.
- After starting the engine, the malfunction indicator light goes out. If it does not go off, either the engine or emission control system has malfunction.
- If the diagnostic system detects a misfire which could damage the catalyst, the malfunction indicator light will blink at a cycle of 1 Hz.
- Turn the ignition switch to OFF and connect the delivery (test) mode connector. When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), the malfunction indicator light illuminates. After the engine starts, malfunction indicator light blinks in a cycle of 0.5 Hz. (During diagnosis) Malfunction indicator light blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz after diagnosis if there is no trouble. Malfunction indicator light illuminates if faulty.
DIAGNOSIS
The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), malfunction indicator light does not illuminate.
Scheme 149
Scheme 149: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 5. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the combination meter. Refer to COMBINATION METER . Disconnect the connector from ECM and combination meter. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and combination meter connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 11 - (i10) No. 38 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and combination meter connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of combination meter connector. | Is there poor contact of combination meter connector? | Repair the poor contact of combination meter connector. | Go to step 4. |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND IGNITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between combination meter connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (i10) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Replace the combination meter circuit board. Refer to COMBINATION METER . | Check the following item and repair if necessary. NOTE: Blown out of fuse (No. 5) Open or short circuit in harness between fuse (No. 5) and battery terminal Poor contact of ignition switch connector |
| 5 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor connection by shaking or pulling ECM connector and harness. | Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 6. |
| 6 CHECK ECM CONNECTOR. Check the connection of ECM connector. | Is the ECM connector correctly connected? | Replace the ECM. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . | Repair the connection of ECM connector. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and combination meter connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| Blown out of fuse (No. 5) Open or short circuit in harness between fuse (No. 5) and battery terminal Poor contact of ignition switch connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
The malfunction indicator light circuit is shorted.
Although malfunction indicator light comes on when the engine runs, DTC is not shown on the Subaru Select Monitor display.
WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. | Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate? | Repair the short circuit of harness between ECM and combination meter connector. | Replace the ECM. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted.
- The delivery (test) mode connector circuit is open.
Malfunction indicator light does not blink during Inspection Mode.
Scheme 150
Scheme 150: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. (engine OFF) | Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate? | Go to step 2. | Repair the malfunction indicator light circuit. Refer to MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON , Malfunction Indicator Light. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. | Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate? | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and combination meter connector. | Go to step 3. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DELIVERY (TEST) MODE CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and delivery (test) mode connector. Connector&terminal (B76) No. 1 - (B136) No. 6: (B75) No. 1 - (B135) No. 27 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and delivery (test) mode connector Poor contact of joint connector |
| 4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Replace the ECM. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and delivery (test) mode connector Poor contact of joint connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
The delivery (test) mode connector circuit is shorted.
Malfunction indicator light blinks when delivery (test) mode connector is not connected.
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK DELIVERY (TEST) MODE CONNECTOR. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. | Does the malfunction indicator light blink? | Go to step 2. | System is normal. NOTE: Malfunction indicator light blinks when delivery (test) mode connector is connected. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DELIVERY (TEST) MODE CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 27 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Repair the short circuit of harness between ECM and delivery (test) mode connector. | Replace the ECM. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
| NOTE |
| Malfunction indicator light blinks when delivery (test) mode connector is connected. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT
Scheme 151
Scheme 151: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK BATTERY. Check the battery voltage. | Is the voltage 12 V or more? | Go to step 2. | Charge or replace the battery. |
| 2 CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. | Does the starter motor operate? | Go to step 3. | Go to step 4. |
| 3 CHECK DTC. | Is DTC displayed? Refer to OPERATION , Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). | Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | The circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 4 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR STARTER MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from starter motor. Turn the ignition switch to START. Measure the voltage between the starter motor connector and the engine ground. Connector&terminal (B14) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-): NOTE: On AT models, set the select lever to the "P" range or "N" range, and on MT models, depress the clutch pedal. | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Check the starter motor. Refer to STARTER . | Go to step 5. |
| 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND IGNITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connector from ignition switch. Measure the power supply voltage between ignition switch connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B72) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 6. | Check the following item and repair if necessary. Blown out of fuse Open or short circuit to ground in harness between ignition switch connector and battery |
| 6 CHECK IGNITION SWITCH. Measure the resistance between ignition switch terminals after turning the ignition switch to START position. Terminals No. 3 - No. 2: No. 3 - No. 6 | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 7. | Replace the ignition switch. Refer to REPLACEMENT , Ignition Key Lock. |
| 7 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from starter relay. Connect the connector to ignition switch. Measure the voltage between starter relay connector and chassis ground after turning the ignition switch to START position. Connector&terminal (B225) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B225) No. 11(+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 8. | Check the following item and repair if necessary. Blown out of fuse Open or short circuit to ground in harness between starter relay and ignition switch connector |
| 8 CHECK STARTER RELAY. Connect the battery to starter relay terminals No. 11 and No. 12. Measure the resistance between starter relay terminals. Terminals No. 9 - No. 10 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 9. | Replace the starter relay. Refer to ELECTRICAL COMPONENT LOCATION . |
| 9 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND STARTER RELAY. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and starter relay connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 20 - (B225) No. 12 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 10. | Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and starter relay connector. |
| 10 CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE. | Is the transmission type AT? | Go to step 11. | Go to step 15. |
| 11 CHECK ECM INPUT VOLTAGE. Turn the ignition switch to START. Measure the input voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 12. | Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition switch connector. |
| 12 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STARTER RELAY AND INHIBITOR SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from inhibitor switch. Measure the resistance of harness between starter relay connector and inhibitor relay connector. Connector&terminal (B225) No. 10 - (T7) No. 6 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 13. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between starter relay connector and inhibitor switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 13 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INHIBITOR SWITCH AND STARTER MOTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between the inhibitor switch connector and starter motor. Connector&terminal (T7) No. 9 - (B14) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 14. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between inhibitor switch connector and starter motor Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 14 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. Place the select lever in other than "P" range and "N" range. Measure the resistance between inhibitor switch terminals. Terminals No. 6 - No. 9 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Check the engine control module (ECM) power supply and ground line. Refer to CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. | Replace the inhibitor switch. Refer to INHIBITOR SWITCH . |
| 15 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN IGNITION SWITCH AND CLUTCH START SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from clutch start switch. Turn the ignition switch to START. Measure the voltage between the clutch start switch connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B106) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 16. | Repair the open circuit in harness between ignition switch connector and clutch start switch connector. |
| 16 CHECK CLUTCH START SWITCH. Measure the resistance between clutch start switch terminals while depressing the clutch pedal. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 17. | Replace the clutch start switch. Refer to CLUTCH SWITCH . |
| 17 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CLUTCH START SWITCH. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and clutch start switch connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 32 - (B106) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 18. | Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and clutch start switch connector. |
| 18 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STARTER RELAY AND STARTER MOTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between starter relay connector and starter motor. Connector&terminal (B225) No. 10 - (B14) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Check the engine control module (ECM) power supply and ground line. Refer to CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. | Repair the open circuit of the harness between starter relay connector and starter motor. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| On AT models, set the select lever to the "P" range or "N" range, and on MT models, depress the clutch pedal. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between starter relay connector and inhibitor switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between inhibitor switch connector and starter motor Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 152
Scheme 152: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK MAIN RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the main relay. Connect the battery to main relay terminals No. 39 and No. 40. Measure the resistance between main relay terminals. Terminals No. 37 - No. 38 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2. | Replace the main relay. Refer to MAIN RELAY . |
| 2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 19 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 4. | Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit. |
| 4 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN RELAY. Measure the voltage between main relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 37 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B220) No. 39 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 5. | Repair the open or ground short circuit of harness of power supply circuit. |
| 5 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Install the main relay. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 6. | Repair the open or ground short circuit of harness between ECM and main relay connector. |
| 6 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Connect the connector to ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Check ignition control system. Refer to IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and main relay connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and main relay connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM
Scheme 153
Scheme 153: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR SPARKS. Remove the plug cord cap from each spark plug. Install a new spark plug on plug cord cap. CAUTION: Do not remove the spark plug from engine. Contact the spark plug thread portion to engine. While opening the throttle valve fully, crank the engine to check that spark occurs at each cylinder. | Does spark occur at each cylinder? | Check fuel pump system. Refer to FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ignition coil and ignitor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E12) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ignition coil and ignitor assembly and IG relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector Blown out of fuse |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between ECM and the ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector. Connector&terminal (E12) No. 3 - (B137) No. 6: (E12) No. 3 - (B137) No. 26 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY. Remove the sparkplug cords. Measure the resistance between spark plug cord contact portions to check secondary coil. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2: No. 3 - No. 4 | Is the resistance between 10 and 15 kohms? | Go to step 5. | Replace the ignition coil and ignitor assembly. Refer to IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY . |
| 5 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY. Connect the connector to the Ignition coil and ignitor assembly. Check if voltage varies synchronously with engine speed when cranking, while monitoring voltage between ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E12) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E12) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Does the voltage vary 10 V or more? | Go to step 6. | Replace the ignition coil and ignitor assembly. Refer to IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY . |
| 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Disconnect the connector from the ignition coil and ignitor assembly. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 18 - (E12) No. 1: (B137) No. 19 - (E12) No. 4 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 7. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and engine ground. Connector&terminal: (B137) No. 18 - Engine ground: (B137) No. 19 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector. |
| CAUTION |
| Do not remove the spark plug from engine. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ignition coil and ignitor assembly and IG relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector Blown out of fuse |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 154
Scheme 154: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK OPERATING SOUND OF FUEL PUMP. Check if the fuel pump operates for two seconds when turning the ignition switch to ON. NOTE: Fuel pump operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the fuel pump emit operating sound? | Check the fuel injector circuit. Refer to FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL PUMP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the fuel pump access hole lid. Disconnect the connector from fuel pump. Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (R58) No. 6 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector and chassis grounding terminal Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL PUMP. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage of power supply circuit between fuel pump connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (R58) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Replace the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP . | Go to step 4. |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector. Connector&terminal (R58) No. 5 - (B220) No. 14 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 5. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector. Connector&terminal (R58) No. 5 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 6. | Repair the short circuit of harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector. |
| 6 CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY. Remove the fuel pump relay. Connect the battery to fuel pump relay terminals No. 15 and No. 16. Measure the resistance between fuel pump relay terminals. Terminals No. 13 - No. 14 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 7. | Replace the fuel pump relay. Refer to FUEL PUMP RELAY . |
| 7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel pump relay connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 12 - (B220) No. 16 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 8. | Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel pump relay connector. |
| 8 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF FUEL PUMP RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between fuel pump relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 13 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B220) No. 15 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit. |
| NOTE |
| Fuel pump operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector and chassis grounding terminal Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
| CAUTION | Check or repair only faulty parts. After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 155
Scheme 155: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJECTOR. While cranking the engine, check each fuel injector emits operating sound. Use a sound scope or attach a screwdriver to the injector to listen to sounds for this check. | Does the fuel pump emit operating sound? | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to INSPECTION , Fuel Pressure | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EACH FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the power supply voltage between fuel injector terminal and engine ground. Connector&terminal #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between main relay connector and fuel injector connector Poor contact of main relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector. Connector&terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 - (E5) No. 1: #2 (B137) No. 9 - (E16) No. 1: #3 (B137) No. 10 - (E6) No. 1: #4 (B137) No. 11 - (E17) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector. Connector&terminal #1 (B 137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 5. | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector. |
| 5 CHECK EACH FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between each fuel injector terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 5 - 20 ohms? | Go to step 6. | Replace the faulty fuel injector. Refer to FUEL INJECTOR . |
| 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Inspection using "General Diagnostic Table". Refer to INSPECTION , General Diagnostic Table. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between main relay connector and fuel injector connector Poor contact of main relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
Open or short circuit in data link connector
Subaru Select Monitor communication failure
Scheme 156
Scheme 156: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT. Connect the SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) or general scan tool to data link connector. | Does SDI or general scan tool turn ON? | Go to step 4. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT. Measure the voltage between data link connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B40) No. 16 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the power supply circuit. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open or ground short circuit of harness between battery and data link connector Blown out of fuse (M/B No. 13) |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN DATA LINK CONNECTOR AND CHASSIS GROUND. Turn the ignition switch to OFF Measure the resistance of harness between data link connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B40) No. 4 - Chassis ground: (B40) No. 5 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of data link connector. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and data link connector Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of joint connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from ECM, TCM, ABS CM, VDC CM, airbag CM and body integrated unit. CAUTION: When disconnecting the connector from airbag control module, always follow the precautions on AIRBAG article. Refer to CAUTION , General Description. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and data link connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 16 - (B40) No. 7 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 5. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and data link connector Poor contact of joint connector |
| 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between data link connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B40) No. 7 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the poor contact of the ECM or data link connector. | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and data link connector. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open or ground short circuit of harness between battery and data link connector Blown out of fuse (M/B No. 13) |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and data link connector Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of joint connector |
| CAUTION |
| When disconnecting the connector from airbag control module, always follow the precautions on AIRBAG article. Refer to CAUTION , General Description. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and data link connector Poor contact of joint connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
LIST
| DTC | Item | Reference |
| P0026 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0028 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 2) | Refer to DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0030 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0031 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0032 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0037 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Refer to DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0038 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Refer to DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0068 | MAP/MAF - Throttle Position Correlation | Refer to DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0076 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0077 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0082 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low (Bank 2) | Refer to DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0083 | Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High (Bank 2) | Refer to DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0101 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0102 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input | Refer to DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0103 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input | Refer to DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0107 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input | Refer to DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0108 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input | Refer to DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0111 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0112 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0113 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High | Refer to DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0117 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0118 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High | Refer to DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit High | Refer to DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0125 | Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control | Refer to DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0126 | Insufficient Engine Coolant Temperature for Stable Operation | Refer to DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0128 | Coolant Thermostat (Engine Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature) | Refer to DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0131 | 02 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0132 | 02 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0133 | 02 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0134 | 02 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0137 | 02 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Refer to DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0138 | 02 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Refer to DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0139 | 02 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Refer to DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0140 | 02 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 2) | Refer to DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0171 | System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0172 | System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0181 | Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0182 | Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit Low Input | Refer to DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0183 | Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit High Input | Refer to DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0196 | Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0197 | Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Low | Refer to DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0198 | Engine Oil Temperature Sensor High | Refer to DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0222 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0223 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit High | Refer to DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Refer to DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Refer to DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Refer to DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Refer to DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0327 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) | Refer to DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0328 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) | Refer to DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0335 | Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit | Refer to DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0336 | Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0340 | Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) | Refer to DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0341 | Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) | Refer to DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0400 | Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow | Refer to DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0420 | Catalyst System Efficiency below Threshold (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0442 | Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Small Leak) | Refer to DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0447 | Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Open | Refer to DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0448 | Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Shorted | Refer to DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0451 | Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor | Refer to DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0452 | Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Low Input | Refer to DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0453 | Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor High Input | Refer to DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0456 | Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak) | Refer to DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0457 | Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Fuel Cap Loose/Off) | Refer to DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0458 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0459 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit High | Refer to DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0461 | Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0462 | Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0463 | Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit High | Refer to DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0464 | Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Intermittent | Refer to DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0500 | Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" | Refer to DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR "A" , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0506 | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected | Refer to DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0507 | Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected | Refer to DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0512 | Starter Request Circuit | Refer to DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0513 | Incorrect Immobilizer Key | Refer to DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0600 | Serial Communication Link | Refer to DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0604 | Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error | Refer to DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0605 | Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error | Refer to DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0607 | Throttle Control System Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P0607 THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0638 | Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0700 | Transmission Control System (MIL Request) | Refer to DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0851 | Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low (AT Model) | Refer to DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0851 | Neutral Switch input Circuit Low (MT Model) | Refer to DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0852 | Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit High (AT Model) | Refer to DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P0852 | Neutral Switch input Circuit High (MT Model) | Refer to DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1152 | 02 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (Low) (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1153 | 02 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (High) (Bank 1 Sensor 1) | Refer to DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1160 | Return Spring Failure | Refer to DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1400 | Fuel Tank Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1420 | Fuel Tank Pressure Control Sol. Valve Circuit High | Refer to DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1443 | Vent Control Solenoid Valve Function Problem | Refer to DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1491 | Positive Crankcase Ventilation (Blow-by) Function Problem | Refer to DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1492 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) | Refer to DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1493 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) | Refer to DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1494 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) | Refer to DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1495 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) | Refer to DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1496 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) | Refer to DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1497 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) | Refer to DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1498 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) | Refer to DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1499 | EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) | Refer to DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1560 | Back-Up Voltage Circuit Malfunction | Refer to DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1570 | Antenna | Refer to DTC P1570 ANTENNA , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1571 | Reference Code incompatibility | Refer to DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1572 | IMM Circuit Failure (Except Antenna Circuit) | Refer to DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE (EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1574 | Key Communication Failure | Refer to DTC P1574 KEY COMMUNICATION FAILURE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1576 | EGI Control Module EEPROM | Refer to DTC P1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1577 | IMM Control Module EEPROM | Refer to DTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1578 | Meter Failure | Refer to DTC P1578 METER FAILURE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P1602 | Control Module Programming Error | Refer to DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Refer to DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2101 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2102 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2103 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High | Refer to DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2109 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor "A" Minimum Stop Performance | Refer to DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR "A" MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D" Circuit Low Input | Refer to DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D" Circuit High Input | Refer to DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2127 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit Low Input | Refer to DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2128 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit High Input | Refer to DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2135 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A"/"B" Voltage Correlation | Refer to DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A"/"B" VOLTAGE CORRELATION , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2138 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D"/"E" Voltage Correlation | Refer to DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D"/"E" VOLTAGE CORRELATION , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2227 | Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance | Refer to DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2228 | Barometric Pressure Circuit Low | Refer to DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| P2229 | Barometric Pressure Circuit High | Refer to DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART
DTC DETECTING CONDITION
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 157
Scheme 157: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Warm up the engine. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 31 - (E71) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Measure the resistance between variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E71) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E71) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power of the harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector. | Go to step 4. |
| 4 CHECK DTC. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. After idling the engine, check the DTC. NOTE: For detailed procedures, see "Clear Memory Mode". Refer to CLEAR MEMORY MODE . | Is DTC displayed? | Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. Refer to OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . Go to step 5. | End. |
| 5 CHECK DTC. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. After idling the engine, check the DTC. NOTE: For detailed procedures, see "Clear Memory Mode". Refer to CLEAR MEMORY MODE . | Is DTC displayed? | Check for oil routing. | End. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 158
Scheme 158: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Warm up the engine. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 32 - (E72) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Measure the resistance between variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E72) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E72) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power of the harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector. | Go to step 4. |
| 4 CHECK DTC. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. After idling the engine, check the DTC. NOTE: For detailed procedures, see "Clear Memory Mode". Refer to CLEAR MEMORY MODE . | Is DTC displayed? | Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. Refer to OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . Go to step 5. | End. |
| 5 CHECK DTC. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. After idling the engine, check the DTC. NOTE: For detailed procedures, see "Clear Memory Mode". Refer to CLEAR MEMORY MODE . | Is DTC displayed? | Check for oil routing. | End. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 159
Scheme 159: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Start and warm up the engine. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 2 - (E22) No. 4: (B136) No. 3 - (E22) No. 4 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 - (E22) No. 1: (B135) No. 8 - (E22) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Measure the resistance between front oxygen (A/F) sensor terminals. Terminals No. 6 - No. 4 | Is the resistance 2 - 3 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
| 4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E22) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 2. | Repair the power supply line. Or replace the main relay. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 2 - (E22) No. 4: (B136) No. 3 - (E22) No. 4 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Measure the resistance between front oxygen (A/F) sensor terminals. Terminals No. 6 - No. 4 | Is the resistance 2 - 3 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B136) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 160
Scheme 160: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E23) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 2. | Repair the power supply line. Or replace the main relay. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and oxygen sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 4 - (E23) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor terminals. Terminals No. 2 - No. 1 | Is the resistance 5 - 7 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 161
Scheme 161: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. | Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system? | Repair the air intake system. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Read the data of intake manifold pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the "General Scan Tool Instruction information". | Is the measured value 73.3 - 106.6 kPa (550 - 800 mmHg, 21.65 - 31.50 inHg) when the ignition is turned ON, and 20.0- 46.7 kPa (150 - 350 mmHg, 5.91 - 13.78 inHg) during idling? | Go to step 3. | Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR . |
| 3 CHECK THROTTLE OPENING ANGLE. Read the data of throttle position signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the "General Scan Tool Instruction information". | Is the measured value less than 5% when throttle is fully closed? | Go to step 4. | Replace the electronic throttle control. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| 4 CHECK THROTTLE OPENING ANGLE. | Is the measured value 85% or more when throttle is fully open? | Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR . | Replace the electronic throttle control. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the "General Scan Tool Instruction information". |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the "General Scan Tool Instruction information". |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 162
Scheme 162: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 25 - (E67) No. 1: (B137) No. 24 - (E67) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 25 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 24 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. |
| 3 CHECK OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between oil switching solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 6 - 12 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. | Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. Refer to OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 25 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 24 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage less than 1 V? | Go to step 2. | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 25 - (E67) No. 1: (B137) No. 24 - (E67) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between oil switching solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 6 - 12 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. | Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. Refer to OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 163
Scheme 163: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Measure the resistance between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 31 - (E68) No. 1: (B137) No. 30 - (E68) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 31 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 30 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. |
| 3 CHECK OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between oil switching solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 6 - 12 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. | Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. Refer to OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 30 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage less than 1 V? | Go to step 2. | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 31 - (E68) No. 1: (B137) No. 30 - (E68) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: in this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between oil switching solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 6 - 12 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. | Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. Refer to OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Engine stalls.
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 164
Scheme 164: WIRING DIAGRAM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Engine stalls.
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of air flow sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage less than 0.2 V? | Go to step 2. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (B3) No. 3 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between main relay and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 26 - (B3) No. 5 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 26 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 5. | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. |
| 5 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM or mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. | Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between main relay and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Engine stalls.
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of airflow sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage 5 V or more? | Go to step 2. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Start the engine. Read the data of air flow sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage 5 V or more? | Repair the short circuit of harness to power supply between ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. | Go to step 3. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance of harness between mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (B3) No. 4 - Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector |
| 4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. | Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value less than 13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)? | Go to step 2. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between manifold absolute pressure sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E21) No. 3 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.5 V or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 6 - (E21) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 6 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 5. | Repair ground short circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. |
| 5 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM or manifold absolute pressure sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. | Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value 119.5 kPa (896.5 mmHg, 35.29 inHg) or more? | Go to step 2. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor. Start the engine. Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value 119.5 kPa (896.5 mmHg, 35.29 inHg) or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. | Go to step 3. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance of harness between manifold absolute pressure sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E21) No. 2 - Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of manifold absolute pressure sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. | Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE. Start the engine and warm up completely. Measure the engine coolant temperature using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the engine coolant temperature 75°C (167°F) or higher? | Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . | Check DTC P0125 using "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the intake air temperature 120°C(248°F) or more? | Go to step 2. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 18 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the intake air temperature less than -40°C (-40°F)? | Go to step 2. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM or mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. | Go to step 3. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and the mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 18 - (B3) No. 1: (B135) No. 30 - (B3) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector Poor contact of joint connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 18 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 5 V or more? | Repair the short circuit of harness to power supply between ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. | Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector Poor contact of joint connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Hard to start
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 165
Scheme 165: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the engine coolant temperature 150°C (302°F) or higher? | Go to step 2. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 34 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . | Repair short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Hard to start
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the engine coolant temperature less than -40°C (-40°F)? | Go to step 2. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM or engine coolant temperature sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or engine coolant temperature sensor connector. | Go to step 3. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 34 - (E8) No. 2: (B134) No. 29 - (E8) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: in this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 34 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 5 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector. | Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Engine stalls.
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 166
Scheme 166: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - (B136) No. 6 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 2. | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 18 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the electronic throttle control. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Engine stalls.
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 18 - (E57) No. 6: (B134) No. 29 - (EST) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 3 - Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 3. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.85 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. | Go to step 4. |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 18 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item: Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
Engine does not return to idle.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK TIRE SIZE. | Is the tire size as specified and the same size as three other wheels? | Go to step 2. | Replace the tire. |
| 2 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT. Check the following items: Amount of engine coolant Engine coolant freeze Contamination of engine coolant | Is the engine coolant normal? | Go to step 3. | Fill or replace the engine coolant. Refer to REPLACEMENT , Engine Coolant. |
| 3 CHECK THERMOSTAT. | Does the thermostat remain opened? | Replace the thermostat. Refer to THERMOSTAT . | Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Hard to start
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Measure the resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals when the engine coolant is cold and after warmed-up. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance of engine coolant temperature sensor different between when engine coolant is cold and after warmed-up? | Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector. | Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT. | Are the coolant level and mixture ratio of engine coolant to anti-freeze solution correct? | Go to step 2. | Replace the engine coolant. Refer to REPLACEMENT , Engine Coolant. |
| 2 CHECK RADIATOR FAN. Start the engine. Check the radiator Ian operation. | Does the radiator fan continuously rotate for 3 minutes or more during idling? | Repair radiator fan circuit. Refer to RADIATOR MAIN FAN AND FAN MOTOR . and Refer to RADIATOR SUB FAN AND FAN MOTOR . | Replace the thermostat. Refer to THERMOSTAT . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 8 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3. | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. |
| 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 2. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 8 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. NOTE: Check the following items. Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads Loose connection between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole | Is there any fault in exhaust system? | Repair the exhaust system. | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads Loose connection between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 - (E22) No. 1: (B135) No. 8 - (E22) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage 490 mV or more? | Go to step 5 . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V? | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector |
| 5 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Check exhaust system parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Looseness and improper fitting of exhaust system parts Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor | Is there any fault in exhaust system? | Repair or replace faulty parts. | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage 250 mV or less? | Go to step 5 . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V? | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector |
| 5 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Check exhaust system parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Looseness and improper fitting of exhaust system parts Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor | Is there any fault in exhaust system? | Repair or replace faulty parts. | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E23) No. 3 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. |
| 3 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor terminals. Terminals No. 3 - No. 4 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage 490 mV or more? | Go to step 6 . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage 250 mV or less? | Go to step 6 . | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 5 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V? | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector |
| 6 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Check exhaust system parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Looseness and improper fitting of exhaust system parts Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor | Is there any fault in exhaust system? | Repair or replace faulty parts. | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Engine stalls.
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. | Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system? | Repair the exhaust system. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. | Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system? | Repair the air intake system. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE. WARNING: Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. CAUTION: Be careful not to spill fuel. Measure the fuel pressure. Refer to INSPECTION , Fuel Pressure. CAUTION: Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge. | Is the measured value 333.4 - 360.5 kPa (3.4 - 3.7 kg/cm 2 , 48.4 - 52 psi)? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the following item. Fuel pressure is too high: Clogged fuel line or bent hose Fuel pressure is too low: Improper fuel pump discharge Clogged fuel line |
| 4 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up completely. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the engine coolant temperature 75°C (167°F) or higher? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| 5 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Read the data of the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value 2.0 - 5.0 g/s (0.26 - 0.66 lb/m)? | Go to step 6 . | Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| 6 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Open the front hood. Measure the ambient temperature. Read the data of the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Subtract ambient temperature from intake air temperature. Is the obtained value - 10 - 50°C (-18 - 90°F)? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| WARNING |
| Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. |
| CAUTION |
| Be careful not to spill fuel. |
| CAUTION |
| Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 167
Scheme 167: WIRING DIAGRAM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of fuel temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . | Is the temperature 120°C (248°F) or higher? | Go to step 2 . | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and fuel temperature sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 17 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the fuel temperature sensor. Refer to FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and fuel pump connector. |
| NOTE |
| For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of fuel temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . | Is the temperature less than -40°C (-40°F)? | Go to step 2 . | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Repair any poor contact between the ECM and fuel temperature sensor connectors. | Is there poor contact of the ECM or fuel temperature sensor connectors? | Repair any poor contact between the ECM and fuel temperature sensor connectors. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and fuel temperature sensor. Measure the resistance of the harness between the ECM and fuel temperature sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 17 - (R58) No. 2: (B135) No. 30 - (R58) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ft? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel temperature sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of joint connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 17 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 5 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and fuel temperature sensor connector. | Replace the fuel temperature sensor. Refer to FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Hard to start
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 168
Scheme 168: WIRING DIAGRAM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Hard to start
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of the oil temperature sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the oil temperature 215°C (419°F) or more? | Go to step 2 . | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and oil temperature sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 23 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the oil temperature sensor. Refer to OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and oil temperature sensor connector. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Hard to start
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of the oil temperature sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the oil temperature less than -40°C (-40°F)? | Go to step 2 . | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of ECM and oil temperature sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM or oil temperature sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or the oil temperature sensor connector. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and oil temperature sensor. Measure the resistance of the harness between ECM and oil temperature sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 23 - (E75) No. 2: (B134) No. 29 - (E75) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and oil temperature sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 23 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 5 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM and oil temperature sensor connector. | Replace the oil temperature sensor. Refer to OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
- Engine stalls.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 28 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 4 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the electronic throttle control. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
- Engine stalls.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 28 - (E57) No. 4: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 3-Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.85 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 28 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED
DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED
DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Engine stalls.
- Improper idling
- Rough driving
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground(-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 6 . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Measure the resistance between fuel injector connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (E5) No. 1 - Engine ground: #2 (E16) No. 1 - Engine ground: #3 (E6) No. 1 - Engine ground: #4 (E17) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 - (E5) No. 1: #2 (B137) No. 9 - (E16) No. 1: #3 (B137) No. 10 - (E6) No. 1: #4 (B137) No. 11- (E17) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 5 - 20 ohms? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the faulty fuel injector. Refer to FUEL INJECTOR . |
| 5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between fuel injector and engine ground on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of all connectors in fuel injector circuit. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between the main relay connector and fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
| 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector. | Go to step 7 . |
| 7 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Replace the faulty fuel injector. Refer to FUEL INJECTOR . | Go to step 8 . |
| 8 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR/CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. | Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed? | Tighten the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor. | Go to step 9 . |
| 9 CHECK CRANK SPROCKET. Remove the timing belt cover. Refer to REMOVAL , Timing Belt Cover. | Is the crank sprocket rusted or does it have broken teeth? | Replace the crank sprocket. Refer to CRANK SPROCKET . | Go to step 10 . |
| 10 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT. Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align the alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block. ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET | Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper position? | Repair the installation condition of timing belt. Refer to TIMING BELT . | Go to step 11 . |
| 11 CHECK FUEL LEVEL. | Is the fuel meter indication higher than the "Lower" level? | Go to step 12 . | Replenish the fuel so that fuel meter indication is higher than the "Lower" level. After replenishing fuel, Go to step 12. |
| 12 CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT. Clear the memory using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. Refer to CLEAR MEMORY MODE . NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool Refer to the general scan tool operation information. Start the engine, and drive the vehicle 10 minutes or more. | Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate or blink? | Go to step 14 . | Go to step 13 . |
| 13 CHECK CAUSE OF MISFIRE. | Was the cause of misfire identified when the engine is running? | Finish diagnostics operation, if the engine has no abnormality. | Repair the poor contact of connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Poor contact of ignition coil connector Poor contact of fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 14 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. | Is there any fault in air intake system? | Repair the air intake system. NOTE: Check the following items. Are there air leaks or air suction caused by loose or dislocated nuts and bolts? Are there cracks or any disconnection of hoses? | Go to step 15 . |
| 15 CHECK MISFIRE SYMPTOM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the DTC. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Does the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool indicate only one DTC? | Go to step 20 . | Go to step 16 . |
| 16 CHECK DTC. | Are DTC P0301 and P0302 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool? | Go to step 21 . | Go to step 17 . |
| 17 CHECK DTC. | Are DTC P0303 and P0304 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool? | Go to step 22 . | Go to step 18 . |
| 18 CHECK DTC. | Are DTC P0301 and P0303 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool? | Go to step 23 . | Go to step 19 . |
| 19 CHECK DTC. | Are DTC P0302 and P0304 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool? | Go to step 24 . | Go to step 25 . |
| 20 ONLY ONE CYLINDER. | Is there any fault in the cylinder? | Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Sparkplug Spark plug cord Fuel injector Compression ratio | Go to DTC P0171. Refer to DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) . |
| 21 GROUP OF #1 AND #2 CYLINDERS. | Are there any faults in #1 and #2 cylinders? | Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Sparkplug Fuel injector Ignition coil Compression ratio If any fault are not found, check the "IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM" of #1 and #2 cylinders side. Refer to IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. | Go to DTC P0171. Refer to DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) . |
| 22 GROUP OF #3 AND #4 CYLINDERS. | Are there any faults in #3 and #4 cylinders? | Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Sparkplug Fuel injector Ignition coil Compression ratio If any fault are not found, check the "IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM" of #3 and #4 cylinders side. Refer to IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. | Go to DTC P0171. Refer to DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| 23 GROUP OF #1 AND #3 CYLINDERS. | Are there any faults in #1 and #3 cylinders? | Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Sparkplug Fuel injector Compression ratio Skipping timing belt teeth | Go to DTC P0171. Refer to DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| 24 GROUP OF #2 AND #4 CYLINDERS. | Are there any faults in #2 and #4 cylinders? | Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Sparkplug Fuel injector Compression ratio Skipping timing belt teeth | Go to DTC P0171. Refer to DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
| 25 CYLINDER AT RANDOM. | Is the engine idle rough? | Go to DTC P0171. Refer to DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). | Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Sparkplug Fuel injector Compression ratio |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool Refer to the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. Sparkplug Fuel injector Ignition coil Compression ratio If any fault are not found, check the "IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM" of #1 and #2 cylinders side. Refer to IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. Sparkplug Fuel injector Ignition coil Compression ratio If any fault are not found, check the "IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM" of #3 and #4 cylinders side. Refer to IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM , Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Poor driving performance
- Knocking occurs.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 169
Scheme 169: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 15 - (B134) No. 29 | Is the resistance 600 kohms or more? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
| 2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR. Disconnect the connector from knock sensor. Measure the resistance between knock sensor terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 600 kohms or more? | Replace the knock sensor. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and knock sensor connector Poor contact of knock sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Poor driving performance
- Knocking occurs.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 15 - (B134) No. 29 | Is the resistance less than 500 kohms? | Go to step 2 . | Go to step 3 . |
| 2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR. Disconnect the connector from knock sensor. Measure the resistance between knock sensor terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 500 kohms? | Replace the knock sensor. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and knock sensor connector. NOTE: The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the short circuit of harness. |
| 3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 15 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 2 V or more? | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
| NOTE |
| The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the short circuit of harness. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Engine stalls.
- Failure of engine to start
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 170
Scheme 170: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. | Is the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely? | Go to step 2 . | Tighten the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt securely. |
| 2 CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the crankshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance between terminals of crankshaft position sensor. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance between 1 and 4 kohms? | Go to step 3 . | Replace the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and crankshaft position sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 13 - (E10) No. 1: (B134) No. 14 - (E10) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM and crankshaft position sensor connector. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and crankshaft position sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Engine stalls.
- Failure of engine to start
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. | Is the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely? | Go to step 2 . | Tighten the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt securely. |
| 2 CHECK CRANK SPROCKET. Remove the timing belt cover. | Are crank sprocket teeth cracked or damaged? | Replace the crank sprocket. Refer to CRANK SPROCKET . | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT. Turn the crankshaft, and align alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block. | Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper position? | Repair the installation condition of timing belt. Refer to TIMING BELT . | Replace the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Engine stalls.
- Failure of engine to start
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 171
Scheme 171: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and camshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and camshaft position sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 12 - (E15) No. 1: (B134) No. 22 - (E15) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and camshaft position sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Measure the resistance between camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E15) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and camshaft position sensor. NOTE: The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the ground short circuit of the harness circuit. |
| 3 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. | Is the camshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely? | Go to step 4 . | Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt securely. |
| 4 CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Remove the camshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance between terminals of camshaft position sensor. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance between 1 and 4 kohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or camshaft position sensor connector. | Replace the camshaft position sensor. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the ground short circuit of the harness circuit. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Engine stalls.
- Failure of engine to start
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and camshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and camshaft position sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 12 - (E15) No. 1: (B134) No. 22 - (E15) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and camshaft position sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Measure the resistance between camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E15) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and camshaft position sensor. NOTE: The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the ground short circuit of the harness circuit. |
| 3 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. | Is the camshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely? | Go to step 4 . | Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt securely. |
| 4 CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Remove the camshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance between terminals of camshaft position sensor. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance between 1 and 4 kohms? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the camshaft position sensor. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . |
| 5 CHECK CAM SPROCKET. Remove the timing belt cover. Refer to TIMING BELT COVER . | Are cam sprocket teeth cracked or damaged? | Replace the cam sprocket. Refer to CAM SPROCKET . | Go to step 6 . |
| 6 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT. Turn the crankshaft using the ST, and align the alignment mark on the cam sprocket with the alignment mark on the timing belt cover LH. ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET | Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper position? | Repair the installation condition of timing belt. Refer to TIMING BELT . | Replace the camshaft position sensor. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the ground short circuit of the harness circuit. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Movement performance problem when engine is low speed.
- Improper idling
- Movement performance problem
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 172
Scheme 172: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value 53.3 kPa (400 mmHg, 15.75 inHg) or more? | Make sure that the EGR valve, manifold absolute pressure sensor and throttle body are installed securely. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK EGR VALVE. Remove the EGR valve. | Are there any holes, clogged lines or foreign matters in the EGR system? | Repair the EGR system. | Replace the EGR valve. Refer to EGR VALVE . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Engine stalls.
- Idle mixture is out of specifications.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART Step Check Yes No 1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by loose or dislocated nuts and bolts, and open hole at exhaust pipes. NOTE: Check the following positions. Between cylinder head and front exhaust pipe Between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter Between front catalytic converter and rear catalytic converter Loose or improperly attached front oxygen (A/F) sensor or rear oxygen sensor Is there any fault in exhaust system? Repair or replace the exhaust system. Refer to GENERAL DESCRIPTION . Go to step 2. 2 CHECK WAVEFORM DATA ON THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (WHILE DRIVING). Drive at a constant speed between 80 - 112 km/h (50 - 70 MPH). After 5 minutes have elapsed in the condition of step 1), use the Subaru Select Monitor while still driving to read the waveform data. At normal condition At abnormal condition (numerous inversion) Is a normal waveform displayed? Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. Go to step 3 . 3 CHECK WAVEFORM DATA ON THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (WHILE IDLING). Run the engine at idle. in the condition of step 1), use the Subaru Select Monitor to read the waveform data. At normal condition At abnormal condition 1 (numerous inversion) At abnormal condition 2 (noise input) Is a normal waveform displayed? Go to step 4 . The waveform is displayed at abnormal condition 1: Go to step 4 . The waveform is displayed at abnormal condition 2: Go to step 5 . 4 CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER. Is the catalytic converter damaged? Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to FRONT CATALYTIC CONVERTER . Go to step 5 . 5 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. Has water entered the connector? Completely remove any water inside. Go to step 6 . 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4: Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? Go to step 7 . Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: Repair the following locations. Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector 7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-): Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V? Go to step 8 . Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: Repair the following locations. Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector 8 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SHIELD. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Expose the rear oxygen sensor connector body side harness sensor shield. Measure the resistance between sensor shield and chassis ground. Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . Repair the open circuit of rear oxygen sensor harness
Scheme 173
Scheme 174
Scheme 175
Scheme 176
Scheme 177
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Fuel odor
- There is a hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 178
Scheme 178: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Check the fuel filler cap. NOTE: The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening. | Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely? | Go to step 2 . | Tighten fuel filler cap securely. |
| 2 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. | Is the fuel filler cap genuine? | Go to step 3 . | Replace with a genuine fuel filler cap. |
| 3 CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE GASKET. | Is there any damage to the seal between fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe? | Repair or replace the fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe. Refer to FUEL FILLER PIPE . | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Operate the drain valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: The drain valve can be operated using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the drain valve operate? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the drain valve. Refer to DRAIN VALVE . |
| 5 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the purge control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the purge control solenoid valve operate? | Go to step 6 . | Replace the purge control solenoid valve. Refer to PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . |
| 6 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the pressure control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the pressure control solenoid valve operate? | Go to step 7 . | Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. Refer to PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . |
| 7 CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector. | Is there any hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. on evaporation line? | Repair or replace the evaporation line. Refer to FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATION LINES . | Go to step 8 . |
| 8 CHECK CANISTER. | Is the canister damaged or is there a hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in it? | Repair or replace the canister. Refer to CANISTER . | Go to step 9 . |
| 9 CHECK FUEL TANK. Remove the fuel tank. Refer to FUEL TANK . | Is the fuel tank damaged or is there any hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in it? | Repair or replace the fuel tank. Refer to FUEL TANK . | Go to step 10 . |
| 10 CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM. | Is there any hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. crack, clogging, or disconnections, bend, misconnection of hoses or pipes in evaporative emission control system? | Repair or replace the hoses or pipes. | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
| NOTE |
| The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening. |
| NOTE |
| Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . |
| NOTE |
| The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 17 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DRAIN VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and drain valve. Measure the resistance between the drain valve connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (R86) No. 2 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and drain valve connector. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DRAIN VALVE. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and drain valve connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 17 - (R86) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and drain valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Measure the resistance between drain valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 10 - 100 ohms? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the drain valve. Refer to DRAIN VALVE . |
| 5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO DRAIN VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between drain valve and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (R86) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of drain valve connector. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between main relay connector and drain valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DRAIN VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and drain valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 17 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and drain valve connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between drain valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Replace the drain valve. Refer to DRAIN VALVE . | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 179
Scheme 179: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Open the fuel flap. | Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely? | Go to step 2 . | Tighten fuel filler cap securely. |
| 2 CHECK PRESSURE VACUUM LINE. NOTE: Check the following items. Disconnection, leakage and clogging of the vacuum hoses and pipes between fuel tank pressure sensor and fuel tank Disconnection, leakage and clogging of air ventilation hoses and pipes between fuel filler pipe and fuel tank | Is there any fault in pressure/vacuum line? | Repair or replace the hoses and pipes. | Replace the fuel tank pressure sensor. Refer to FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Check the following items. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 180
Scheme 180: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value less than -7.45 kPa (-55.9 mmHg, -2.2 inHg)? | Go to step 2 . | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the fuel tank pressure sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between the fuel tank pressure sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (R47) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.5 V or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between the ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 32 - (R47) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following Item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 32 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 5 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector. |
| 5 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact between the ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of the ECM or fuel tank pressure sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of the ECM or fuel tank pressure sensor connector. | Replace the fuel tank pressure sensor. Refer to FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following Item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value 7.95 kPa (59.6 mmHg, 2.35 inHg) or more? | Go to step 2 . | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the fuel tank pressure sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value 7.95 kPa (59.6 mmHg, 2.35 inHg) or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance of harness between fuel tank pressure sensor connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (R47) No. 2 - Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the fuel tank pressure sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of fuel tank pressure sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of fuel tank pressure sensor connector. | Replace the fuel tank pressure sensor. Refer to FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Fuel odor
- There is a hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Check the fuel filler cap. NOTE: The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening. | Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely? | Go to step 2 . | Tighten fuel filler cap securely. |
| 2 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. | Is the fuel filler cap genuine? | Go to step 3 . | Replace with a genuine fuel filler cap. |
| 3 CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE GASKET. | Is there any damage to the seal between fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe? | Repair or replace the fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe. Refer to FUEL FILLER PIPE . | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Operate the drain valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Drain valve can be operated using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the drain valve operate? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the drain valve. Refer to DRAIN VALVE . |
| 5 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the purge control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the purge control solenoid valve operate? | Go to step 6 . | Replace the purge control solenoid valve. Refer to PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . |
| 6 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the pressure control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the pressure control solenoid valve operate? | Go to step 7 . | Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. Refer to PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . |
| 7 CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector. | Is there any hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. on evaporation line? | Repair or replace the evaporation line. Refer to FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATION LINES . | Go to step 8 . |
| 8 CHECK CANISTER. | Is the canister damaged or is there a hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in it? | Repair or replace the canister. Refer to CANISTER . | Go to step 9 . |
| 9 CHECK FUEL TANK. Remove the fuel tank. Refer to FUEL TANK . | Is the fuel tank damaged or is there any hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in it? | Repair or replace the fuel tank. Refer to FUEL TANK . | Go to step 10 . |
| 10 CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM. | Is there any hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. crack, clogging, or disconnections, bend, misconnection of hoses or pipes in evaporative emission control system? | Repair or replace the hoses or pipes. | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
| NOTE |
| The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening. |
| NOTE |
| Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . |
| NOTE |
| The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Fuel odor
- Fuel filler cap loose or lost
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Check the fuel filler cap. NOTE: The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening. | Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely? | Go to step 2 . | Tighten fuel filler cap securely. |
| 2 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. | Is the fuel filler cap genuine? | Go to step 3 . | Replace with a genuine fuel filler cap. |
| 3 CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE GASKET. | Is there any damage to the seal between fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe? | Repair or replace the fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe. Refer to FUEL FILLER PIPE . | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Operate the drain valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Drain valve can be operated using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the drain valve operate? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the drain valve. Refer to DRAIN VALVE . |
| 5 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the purge control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the purge control solenoid valve operate? | Go to step 6 . | Replace the purge control solenoid valve. Refer to PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . |
| 6 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the pressure control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the pressure control solenoid valve operate? | Go to step 7 . | Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. Refer to PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . |
| 7 CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector. | Is there any disconnection, damage or clogging on the evaporation line? | Repair or replace the evaporation line. Refer to FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATION LINES . | Go to step 8 . |
| 8 CHECK CANISTER. | Is the canister damaged? | Repair or replace the canister. Refer to CANISTER . | Go to step 9 . |
| 9 CHECK FUEL TANK. Remove the fuel tank. Refer to FUEL TANK . | Is the fuel tank damaged? | Repair or replace the fuel tank. Refer to FUEL TANK . | Go to step 10 . |
| 10 CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM. | Are there holes, cracks, clogging, or disconnections, mis-connection of hoses or pipes in evaporative emission control system? | Repair or replace the hoses or pipes. | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
| NOTE |
| The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening. |
| NOTE |
| Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . |
| NOTE |
| The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and purge control solenoid valve. Measure the resistance between the purge control solenoid valve connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E4) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 29 - (E4) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Remove the purge control solenoid valve. Measure the resistance between purge control solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 10 - 100 ohms? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the purge control solenoid valve. Refer to PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . |
| 5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between purge control solenoid valve and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E4) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of purge control solenoid valve connector. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between main relay and purge control solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and purge control solenoid valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between purge control solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Replace the purge control solenoid valve. Refer to PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is DTC P0462 or P0463 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor? | Check the combination meter. Refer to CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR , INSPECTION, Combination Meter System. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is DTC P0464 displayed on the display? | Check the combination meter. Refer to CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR , INSPECTION, Combination Meter System. | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR "A"»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK DTC OF ABS. Check DTC of ABS. | Is DTC of ABS displayed? | Perform the diagnosis according to DTC. Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Repair poor contact of the ECM connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Hard to start the engine.
- Engine does not start.
- Improper idling
- Engine stalls.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is any other DTC displayed? | Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK AIR CLEANER ELEMENT. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Check the air cleaner element. | Is there excessive clogging on air cleaner element? | Replace the air cleaner element. Refer to AIR CLEANER ELEMENT | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Remove the electronic throttle control. Check the electronic throttle control. | Are foreign matter found inside electronic throttle control? | Remove foreign matter from electronic throttle control. | Perform the diagnosis of DTC P2101. Refer to DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
Engine keeps running at higher speed than specified idle speed.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is any other DTC displayed? | Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. Start and idle the engine. Check the following items. Loose installation of intake manifold and throttle body Cracks of intake manifold gasket and throttle body gasket Disconnection of vacuum hoses | Is there any fault in air intake system? | Repair air suction and leaks. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control. Check the electronic throttle control. | Are foreign matter found inside electronic throttle control? | Remove foreign matter from electronic throttle control. | Perform the diagnosis of DTC P2101.Referto DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
Failure of engine to start
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is any other DTC displayed? | Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and ignition switch connector. | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Engine does not start.
- Engine stalls.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is any other DTC displayed? | Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0607 THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 181
Scheme 181: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 - 13 V? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit. |
| 2 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Start the engine. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 13 - 15 V? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - (E57) No. 5: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 4 CHECK ECM GROUND HARNESS. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage less than 1 V? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Repair the following item. Open circuit in ground circuit Further tightening of the engine ground terminal Poor contact of coupling connector |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 182
Scheme 182: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK SELECT CABLE. | Is there any fault in select cable? | Repair or adjust the select cable. Refer to SELECT CABLE . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Place the select lever in other than "P" range and "N" range. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and transmission harness connector (T3). Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 31 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and transmission harness connector. |
| 4 CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connector from inhibitor switch. Measure the resistance between transmission harness connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (T3) No. 12-Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the inhibitor switch. Refer to INHIBITOR SWITCH . | Repair short circuit to ground in harness between transmission harness connector and inhibitor switch connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Place the shift lever in a position other than neutral. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and neutral position switch. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 31 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the short circuit of transmission harness, or replace the neutral position switch. Refer to SWITCHES AND HARNESS . | Repair the short circuit to ground harness between ECM and neutral position switch connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK SELECT CABLE. | Is there any fault in select cable? | Repair or adjust the select cable. Refer to SELECT CABLE . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground with select lever at "P" range and "N" range. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage less than 1 V? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and inhibitor switch. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and inhibitor switch connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 31 - (T7) No. 6 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and inhibitor switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH GROUND LINE. Measure the resistance of harness between inhibitor switch connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (T7) No. 9-Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Replace the inhibitor switch. Refer to INHIBITOR SWITCH . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between inhibitor switch connector and starter motor ground line Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of starter motor connector Poor contact of starter motor ground Starter motor |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Place the shift lever in neutral. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage less than 1 V? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and neutral position switch. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and neutral position switch connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 31 - (T2) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and transmission harness connector. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and transmission harness connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 6 - (T2) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and neutral position switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. Place the shift lever in neutral. Measure the resistance between neutral position switch terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of transmission harness connector. | Repair the open circuit of transmission harness, or replace the neutral position switch. Refer to SWITCHES AND HARNESS . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 - (E22) No. 1: (B135) No. 8 - (E22) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Is there poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector? | Repair the poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 8 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. |
| 3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.5 V or more? | Go to step 5 . | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.95 V or more? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . |
| 5 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 8 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. After repair, replace the ECM. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 28 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and pressure control solenoid valve. Measure the resistance between pressure control solenoid valve and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (R68) No. 2 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 28 - (R68) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between pressure control solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 10 - 100 ohms? | Go to step 5 . | Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. Refer to PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . |
| 5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO THE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between pressure control solenoid valve and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (R68) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of pressure control solenoid valve connector. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between main relay and pressure control solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and pressure control solenoid valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 28 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between pressure control solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. Refer to PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is any other DTC displayed? | Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK DRAIN HOSE. Check the drain hose for clogging. | Is there clogging in the drain hose? | Replace the drain hose. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK DRAIN VALVE OPERATION. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector at the lower portion of instrument panel (on the driver's side). Turn the ignition switch to ON. Operate the drain valve. NOTE: Drain valve can be operated using the Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedures, see "Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode". Refer to COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE . | Does the drain valve operate? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Replace the drain valve. Refer to DRAIN VALVE . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 183
Scheme 183: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK BLOW-BY HOSE. Check the blow-by hose condition. | Is there any disconnection or crack in blow-by hose? | Repair or replace the blow-by hose. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PCV HOSE ASSEMBLY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and PCV hose assembly. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and PCV hose assembly connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 30 - (E61) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and PCV hose assembly connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PCV HOSE ASSEMBLY. Measure the resistance between PCV hose assembly connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 30 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and PCV hose assembly connector. |
| 4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF PCV HOSE ASSEMBLY. Measure the resistance of harness between PCV hose assembly connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E61) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 5 . | Repair the open circuit of harness between PCV hose assembly and engine ground. |
| 5 CHECK PCV HOSE ASSEMBLY. Measure the resistance between the PCV hose assembly terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM and PCV hose assembly connector. | Replace the PCV hose assembly. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria. Refer to «DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria. Refer to «DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria. Refer to «DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
- Engine breathing
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EGR VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from EGR valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between EGR valve connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E18) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E18) No. 5 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between EGR valve and main relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR VALVE CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and EGR valve connector. Connector&terminal DTC P1492; (B134) No. 8 - (E18) No. 3: DTC P1494; (B134) No. 9 - (E18) No. 1: DTC P1496; (B134) No. 10 - (E18) No. 4: DTC P1498; (B134) No. 20 - (E18) No. 6 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and EGR valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR VALVE CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal DTC P1492; (B134) No. 8 - Chassis ground: DTC P1494; (B134) No. 9 - Chassis ground: DTC P1496; (B134) No. 10 - Chassis ground: DTC P1498; (B134) No. 20 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the ground short in harness between ECM and EGR valve connector. |
| 4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check poor contact of ECM and EGR valve connector. | Is there poor contact of ECM or EGR valve connector? | Repair the poor contact of ECM or EGR valve connector. | Replace the EGR valve. Refer to EGR VALVE . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria. Refer to «DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria. Refer to «DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria. Refer to «DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
- Engine breathing
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR VALVE CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from EGR valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal DTC P1493; (B134) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): DTC P1495; (B134) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): DTC P1497; (B134) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): DTC P1499; (B134) No. 20 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM and EGR valve connector. | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MAIN FUSE BOX CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. S - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and battery terminal. |
| 3 CHECK FUSE NO. 13 (MAIN FUSE BOX). | Is the fuse blown out? | Replace the fuse. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and battery Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of battery terminal |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Engine keeps running at higher speed than specified idle speed.
- Engine keeps running at a lower speed than the specified idle speed.
- Engine stalls.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is any other DTC displayed? | Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK ENGINE OIL. | Is there a proper amount of engine oil? | Go to step 3 . | Replace engine oil. Refer to REPLACEMENT , Engine Oil. |
| 3 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. | Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system? | Repair the exhaust system. | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. | Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system? | Repair the air intake system. | Go to step 5 . |
| 5 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE. WARNING: Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. CAUTION: Be careful not to spill fuel. Measure the fuel pressure. Refer to INSPECTION , Fuel Pressure. CAUTION: Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge. | Is the measured value 339.5 - 360.5 kPa (3.5 - 3.7 kg/cm 2 , 49 -52 psi)? | Go to step 6 . | Repair the following item. Fuel pressure is too high: Clogged fuel line or bent hose Fuel pressure is too low: Improper fuel pump discharge Clogged fuel line |
| 6 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up completely. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the engine coolant temperature 75°C (167°F) or higher? | Go to step 7 . | Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| 7 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Read the data of the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value 2.0 - 5.0 g/s (0.26 - 0.66 lb/m)? | Go to step 8 . | Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| 8 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Open the front hood. Measure the ambient temperature. Read the data of the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Subtract ambient temperature from intake air temperature. Is the obtained value -10-50°C (-18 -90°F)? | Go to step 9 . | Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| 9 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 14 . | Go to step 10 . |
| 10 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Measure the resistance between fuel injector connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (E5) No. 1 - Engine ground: #2 (E16) No. 1 - Engine ground: #3 (E6) No. 1 - Engine ground: #4 (E17) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 11 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector. |
| 11 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 - (E5) No. 1: #2 (B137) No. 9 - (E16) No. 1: #3 (B137) No. 10 - (E6) No. 1: #4 (B137) No. 11 - (E17) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 12 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 12 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance 5 - 20 ohms? | Go to step 13 . | Replace the faulty fuel injector. Refer to FUEL INJECTOR . |
| 13 CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between fuel injector and engine ground on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the poor contact of all connectors in fuel injector circuit. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between the main relay connector and fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector |
| 14 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground on faulty cylinders. Connector&terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground(-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and fuel injector. | Go to step 15 . |
| 15 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Replace the faulty fuel injector. Refer to FUEL INJECTOR . | Go to step 16 . |
| 16 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR/CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. | Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed? | Tighten the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor. Refer to INSTALLATION , Camshaft Position Sensor. Refer to INSTALLATION , Crankshaft Position Sensor. | Go to step 17 . |
| 17 CHECK CRANK SPROCKET. Remove the timing belt cover. Refer to REMOVAL , Timing Belt Cover. | Is the crank sprocket rusted or does it have broken teeth? | Replace the crank sprocket. Refer to CRANK SPROCKET . | Go to step 18 . |
| 18 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT. Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align the alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block. ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET | Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper position? | Repair the installation condition of timing belt. Refer to TIMING BELT . | Go to step 19 . |
| 19 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control relay. Connect the battery to terminals No. 31 and No. 32 of electronic throttle control relay. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals. Terminals No. 29 - No. 30 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 20 . | Replace the electronic throttle control relay. Refer to ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY . |
| 20 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 21 . | Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit. |
| 21 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. | Go to step 22 . |
| 22 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 32 - Chassis ground: (B220) No. 30 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 23 . | Repair the short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. |
| 23 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the resistance between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 21 - (B220) No. 32: (B136) No. 1 - (B220) No. 30 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 24 . | Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. |
| 24 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - (B136) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 25 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 25 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 6 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 4 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 26 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
| 26 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 18 - (E57) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - (E57) No. 4: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 27 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 27 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 3 - Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 28 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 28 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.85 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. | Go to step 29 . |
| 29 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 18: (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 28 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 30 . | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 30 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . | Is the voltage 0.81 - 0.87 V? | Go to step 31 . | Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| 31 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . | Is the voltage 1.64 - 1.70 V? | Go to step 32 . | Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| 32 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector&terminal (B137) No. 5 - (E57) No. 2: (B137) No. 4 - (E57) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 33 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 33 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Connect the connector to ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 5 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. | Go to step 34 . |
| 34 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 2 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 35 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 35 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR HARNESS. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connectors. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 2 - (E57) No. 1 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 36 . | Repair the short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 36 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 37 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 37 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control terminals. Terminals No. 2 - No. 1 | Is the resistance 50 ohms or less? | Go to step 38 . | Replace the electronic throttle control. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| 38 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Move the throttle valve to the fully open and fully closed positions with fingers. Check that the valve returns to the specified position when releasing fingers. | Does the valve return to the specified position?Standard value: 3 mm (0.12 in) from fully closed position | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Replace the electronic throttle control. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| WARNING |
| Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. |
| CAUTION |
| Be careful not to spill fuel. |
| CAUTION |
| Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. | Is any other DTC displayed? | Check DTC using "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". Refer to LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 - (E22) No. 1: (B135) No. 8 - (E22) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 9 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 8 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 5 . | Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. |
| 5 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E22) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.5 V or more? | Go to step 7 . | Go to step 6 . |
| 6 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E22) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.95 V or more? | Go to step 7 . | Go to step 8 . |
| 7 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E22) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (E22) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 8 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. After repair, replace the ECM. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. |
| 8 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. | Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system? | Repair the exhaust system. | Go to step 9 . |
| 9 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. | Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system? | Repair the air intake system. | Go to step 10 . |
| 10 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE. WARNING: Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. CAUTION: Be careful not to spill fuel. Connect the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Measure the fuel pressure. Refer to INSPECTION , Fuel Pressure. CAUTION: Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge. | Is the measured value 333.4- 360.5 kPa (3.4 - 3.7 kg/cm 2 , 48.4 -52 psi)? | Go to step 11. | Repair the following item. Fuel pressure is too high: Clogged fuel line or bent hose Fuel pressure is too low: Improper fuel pump discharge Clogged fuel line |
| 11 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up completely. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the engine coolant temperature 75°C (167°F) or higher? | Go to step 12 . | Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| 12 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Read the data of the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the measured value 2.0 - 5.0 g/s (0.26 - 0.66 lb/m)? | Go to step 13 . | Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| 13 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Open the front hood. Measure the ambient temperature. Read the data of the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Subtract ambient temperature from intake air temperature. Is the obtained value -10-50°C (-18 -90°F)? | Go to step 14 . | Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . |
| 14 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Depress the clutch pedal. (MT model) Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage 490 mV or more? | Go to step 15 . | Go to step 16 . |
| 15 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Depress the clutch pedal. (MT model) Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is the voltage 250 mV or less? | Go to step 17 . | Go to step 16 . |
| 16 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. | Has water entered the connector? | Completely remove any water inside. | Go to step 18 . |
| 17 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), then keep the engine idling for 5 minutes or more. Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. | Is a voltage of 0.8 V or more maintained for 5 minutes or more? | Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Refer to FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . | Go to step 18 . |
| 18 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 19 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 19 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect the connector to ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V? | Replace the rear oxygen sensor. Refer to REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| WARNING |
| Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. |
| CAUTION |
| Be careful not to spill fuel. |
| CAUTION |
| Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Depress the clutch pedal. (MT model) Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Depress the clutch pedal. (MT model) Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, see the general scan tool operation information. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
- Engine stalls.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control relay. Connect the battery to terminals No. 31 and No. 32 of electronic throttle control relay. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals. Terminals No. 29 - No. 30 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Replace the electronic throttle control relay. Refer to ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY . |
| 2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 32 - Chassis ground: (B220) No. 30 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 5 . | Repair the short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. |
| 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the resistance between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 21 - (B220) No. 32: (B136) No. 1 - (B220) No. 30 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 6 . | Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. |
| 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - (B136) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 7 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 7 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 6 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 4 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 8 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
| 8 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 18 - (E57) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - (E57) No. 4: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 9 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 9 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 3 - Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 10 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 10 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.85 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. | Go to step 11 . |
| 11 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 18: (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 28 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 12 . | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 12 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . | Is the voltage 0.81 - 0.87 V? | Go to step 13. | Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| 13 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor for detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . | Is the voltage 1.64 - 1.70 V? | Go to step 14 . | Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| 14 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector&terminal (B137) No. S - (E57) No. 2: (B137) No. 4 - (E57) No. 1 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 15 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 15 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Connect the connector to ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 5 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. | Go to step 16 . |
| 16 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 2 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 1 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 17 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 17 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR HARNESS. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connectors. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 2 - (E57) No. 1 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 18 . | Repair the short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 18 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL GROUND CIRCUS. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 19 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 19 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control terminals. Terminals No. 2 - No. 1 | Is the resistance 50 ohms or less? | Go to step 20 . | Replace the electronic throttle control. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| 20 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Move the throttle valve to the fully open and fully closed positions with fingers. Check that the valve returns to the specified position when releasing fingers. | Does the valve return to the specified position?Standard value: 3 mm (0.12 in) from fully closed position | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Replace the electronic throttle control. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| For detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . |
| NOTE |
| Subaru Select Monitor for detailed operation procedures, see "READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE". Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR . |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
- Engine stalls.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 184
Scheme 184: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control relay. Connect the battery to terminals No. 31 and No. 32 of electronic throttle control relay. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals. Terminals No. 29 - No. 30 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Replace the electronic throttle control relay. Refer to ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY . |
| 2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit. |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 32 - Chassis ground: (B220) No. 30 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 5 . | Repair the short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. |
| 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the resistance between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 21 - (B220) No. 32: (B136) No. 1 - (B220) No. 30 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control relay. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals. Terminals No. 29 - No. 30 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 2 . | Replace the electronic throttle control relay. Refer to ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY |
| 2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY POWER SUPPLY. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B220) No. 30 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 10 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. | Go to step 3 . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B136) No. 21 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Repair the short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR "A" MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
Scheme 185
Scheme 185: WIRING DIAGRAM
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 21 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 23 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 23 - (B136) No. 6 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. |
| 2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B315) No. 6 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the accelerator pedal. Refer to ACCELERATOR PEDAL . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the ECM if defective. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 23 - (B315) No. 6: (B135) No. 29 - (B315) No. 5 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B315) No. 5 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B315) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.85 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 21 - (B135) No. 23 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the poor contact of accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the accelerator pedal if defective. Refer to ACCELERATOR PEDAL . | Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 22 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 31 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. |
| 2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B315) No. 3 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Replace the accelerator pedal. Refer to ACCELERATOR PEDAL . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the ECM if defective. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 31 - (B315) No. 3: (B135) No. 30 - (B315) No. 2 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the harness and connector. Open circuit in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector Poor contact of joint connector |
| 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B315) No. 2 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B315) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.85 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. | Go to step 4 . |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B135) No. 22 - (B135) No. 31 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the poor contact of accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the accelerator pedal if defective. Refer to ACCELERATOR PEDAL . | Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A"/"B" VOLTAGE CORRELATION»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - (B136) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 2 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| 2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 6-Engine ground: (E57) No. 4 - Engine ground | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Go to step 3 . | Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 18 - (E57) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - (E57) No. 4: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3 | Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? | Go to step 4 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the connector to ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 3-Engine ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Go to step 5 . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector&terminal (E57) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-) | Is the voltage 4.85 V or more? | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. | Go to step 6 . |
| 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector&terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 18: (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 28 | Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more? | Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. Refer to THROTTLE BODY . | Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D"/"E" VOLTAGE CORRELATION»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
- Improper idling
- Poor driving performance
| CAUTION | After servicing or replacing faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode, and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| Step | Check | Yes | No |
| 1 CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR OUTPUT. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector&terminal Main accelerator pedal position sensor signal (B135) No. 23 (+) - Chassis ground (-): Sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal (B135) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the difference in measured values for the main accelerator pedal position sensor signal and the sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal 0 V? | Go to step 3 . | Go to step 2 . |
| 2 CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR OUTPUT. Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B315) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B315) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-) | Is the difference in measured values for the main accelerator pedal position sensor signal and the sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal 0 V? | Replace the accelerator pedal. Refer to ACCELERATOR PEDAL . | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector&terminal (B315) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B315) No. 2 - Chassis ground | Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? | Repair the poor contact of ECM connector. | Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
| NOTE |
| In this case, repair the following item |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| NOTE |
| The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| NOTE |
| The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
- Immediately at fault recognition
- GENERAL DESCRIPTION Refer to «DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH»(/subaru/impreza-wrx-sti/gr-2007-2011/remont/testing-diagnostics/#diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-detecting-criteria-h4so-except-sti) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.
| CAUTION | After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode Refer to OPERATION , Clear Memory Mode. and Inspection Mode Refer to PROCEDURE , Inspection Mode. |
| NOTE |
| The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM. |
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART
| Symptom | Problem parts |
| 1. Engine stalls during idling. | Manifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Ignition parts (1) Engine coolant temperature sensor (2) Crankshaft position sensor (3) Camshaft position sensor (3) Fuel injection parts (4) |
| 2. Rough idling | Manifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor (2) Ignition parts (1) Air intake system (5) Fuel injection parts (4) Electronic throttle control Crankshaft position sensor (3) Camshaft position sensor (3) Oxygen sensor Fuel pump and fuel pump relay EGR valve |
| 3. Engine does not return to idle. | Engine coolant temperature sensor Electronic throttle control Manifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor EGR valve |
| 4. Poor acceleration | Manifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Electronic throttle control Fuel injection parts (4) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay Engine coolant temperature sensor (2) Crankshaft position sensor (3) Camshaft position sensor (3) A/C switch and A/C cut relay Engine torque control signal circuit Ignition parts (1) EGR valve |
| 5. Engine stalls, hesitates, or sputters at acceleration. | Manifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor (2) Crankshaft position sensor (3) Camshaft position sensor (3) Purge control solenoid valve Fuel injection parts (4) Electronic throttle control Fuel pump and fuel pump relay EGR valve |
| 6. Surging | Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Manifold absolute pressure sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor (2) Crankshaft position sensor (3) Camshaft position sensor (3) Fuel injection parts (4) Electronic throttle control Fuel pump and fuel pump relay EGR valve |
| 7. Spark knock | Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Manifold absolute pressure sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Knock sensor Fuel injection parts (4) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay EGR valve |
| 8. After burning in exhaust system | Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Manifold absolute pressure sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor (2) Fuel injection parts (4) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay |
| (1) Check ignition coil and ignitor assembly and spark plug. (2) Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures. (3) Ensure the secure installation. (4) Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel filter. (5) Inspect air leak in air intake system. |
| (1) | Check ignition coil and ignitor assembly and spark plug. |
| (2) | Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures. |
| (3) | Ensure the secure installation. |
| (4) | Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel filter. |
| (5) | Inspect air leak in air intake system. |